Environment News: November 2024 - Issue 636

October 28 - November 30, 2024: Week Four

Little green insect that can walk backwards is a planthopper

The other day we were out in the garden noticing all the kinds of butterflies currently floating and flapping past when this little bright green with blue head and a thorax that has brown with white markings and translucent wings just 'plopped' on the outdoor table. 



After doing a search with Google lens we found out it is a female Palm planthopper (Magia subocellata) from the family Lophopidae.

The adults in this family have elongated transparent fore wings. 

This is a small hopper family. 

All of them jump, so is their common name planthoppers. 

The NSW Government's DPI Id Tools website tells us; 

'The record from NSW appears to have been due to an introduction of the species from North Queensland into the palm collection at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney. M. subocellata has not been recorded from other parts of NSW.'

and:

'The Family Lophopidae is far better represented in Indonesia and New Guinea than in Australia which only has three species: the widespread sugarcane pest Lophops saccharicida (Kirkaldy) found in Qld and NT (and much of southern Asia) and two species of the endemic genus Magia in N.Qld.  

Lophopidae is a family of fulgoroid plant-hoppers with most species found in tropical South America and Asia (two genera occur in Africa).

Most members of the family are characterised by the face being longer than wide with at least two lateral ridges (the median ridge/carina may be absent). The hind tibia can bear some spines, two to three (about four may be seen in the Eurybrachyidae). Lateral ocelli are present below the compound eye and slightly in front of it. The wings are broad and held somewhat flat and the wings are often patterned. The nymphs have two long tails and many members have slightly flattened front tibiae.

The Magia is a genus of Australian planthoppers in the tribe Acarnini, classified by William Lucas Distant in 1907.

All members of this group are plant-feeders, though few are considered pests - both planthopper adults and nymphs feed by sucking sap from plants; in so doing, the nymphs produce copious quantities of honeydew, on which sooty mould often grow.


As this is the first insect ever seen by us to walk backwards, we went to the Australian Museum website to look how and why. They tells us:

''Planthoppers are insects in the “true bug” order Hemiptera. They have their own superfamily, Fulgoroidea.

Planthoppers feed on plant sap which is high in sugar. Many sap-sucking insects remove any excess sugar from their bodies in the form of sticky droplets called honeydew. Planthoppers have taken this a step further and instead secrete the excess sugar as wax. This is used to their advantage in the form of waxy ‘tails’.

Nymph planthoppers can have a wide variety of waxy tails depending on the species. They can be used for different purposes:
  • Feather-like tails are used to slow down their flight when falling
  • Pipe-cleaner-like, stringy tails are used to cover their body and keep water off (the wax is hydrophobic)
Antenna-like tails are predominantly used to distract predators. Having antenna-like tails can trick predators into thinking their head is on that end, and the planthopper can then hop away in the opposite direction. 
Some will even walk backwards to add to the deception.''

So maybe the planthopper visiting our yard was walking backwards to get away from the camera!
Of course, you would have to notice it first when it 'hops' into sight - they are only 5mm long - very tiny.

Spring and Summer is a great time to get in the yard and see what kinds of insects are around - so many of them are useful in helping our gardens and some are food for others; possums and birds.

Scotland Island Dieback Accelerating: IPART Review of increases In Sydney water's pricing proposals An Opportunity to ask: 'what happened to the 'Priority sewerage Scheme' for our Island?

Residents will have noticed the change in the tree canopy of Scotland Island over the past decade and witnessed an accelerated increase in dieback of the tree canopy in just the past few years.

Scotland Island on April 7 2013:

Scotland Island March 7 2015:

Scotland Island in July 29, 2023:

In July 29, 2023 (from Church Point):

Scotland Island from Salt Pan Cove and Florence Park (Newport/Clareville) on November 22, 2024:

In circa 1880-1886:

 'Scotland Island, Newport, Pittwater, N.S.W.', photo by Henry King, Sydney, Australia, c. 1880-1886. From Tyrell Collection, courtesy Powerhouse Museum - taken from  above Rocky Point Peninsula and Lovett's Bay looking east.

The above was during the Benns-Jenkins decades of occupation of the island. Joseph Benns, (real name Ambrol Josef Diercknecht 1816-March 29, 1900) and Charles Jenkins, leased Scotland Island in 1855 for seven years. When they discovered those who had claimed ownership of the island did not have title they ceased paying rent and continued living there, building a home and cultivating the land, which may account for the patches of bare ground that can be seen on the island in the above photo. Mr. Benns was a master mariner and owned at least two ships, so he may have been harvesting timber as well - the image shows those trees closest to the water (easiest to fell and load onto a ship) are gone. 'Timber-getters' worked acros Pittwater even into the 1920's, cutting down the oldest, tallest trees. Benns was the husband of Martha Catherine Benns, the lady known locally as the 'Queen of Scotland Island'.

Department of Lands,
Sydney. 18th November, 1884.
APPLICATION TO MAINTAIN A JETTY.
NOTICE is hereby given that application has been made by the parties hereunder mentioned to maintain a jetty in front of their property, particularized in the annexed description; and all persons interested are invited to state, within one month from this date, their objections, if any, why they should not be permitted to maintain the jetty in question.
JAMES S. FARNELL.

Name of Applicants.
Joseph Benns and Charles Jenkins.
Description.
County of Cumberland, parish of Narrabeen, at Pitt Water, Scotland Island: Commencing on the high-water mark of Pitt Water, on the western side of Scotland Island; and bounded thence on the north by a line bearing westerly 168 feet; thence on the west by a line at right angles bearing southerly 5 feet; thence on the south by a line parallel to the first-mentioned boundary bearing easterly to to the aforesaid high-water mark ; and thence on the east by that high-water mark northerly, to the point of commencement. APPLICATION TO MAINTAIN A JETTY. (1884, November 25). New South Wales Government Gazette (Sydney, NSW : 1832 - 1900), p. 7906. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article221632993  

The jetty was about 3 perches, and on the 'western' side of the island; they paid £5 annual rent for this - LEASES FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES.—OBJECTIONS CALLED FOR. (1885, January 6). New South Wales Government Gazette (Sydney, NSW : 1832 - 1900), p. 242. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article221622589 

In 1883 they attempted to bring the island under the provisions of the Real Property Act, but were unsuccessful at that time. A David Dickson, to whom they had stopped paying rent, wrote from Adelaide on 18 April 1889, stating that Scotland Island was the property of himself and his brother James, who was living in England and suffering from mental disability. However, he was unable to prove their ownership satisfactorily, and Certificates of Title were issued to Joseph Benns and Charles Jenkins on 8 February 1892, mainly on the grounds of continual possession. [- Shelagh and George Champion OAM's, Profiles of the Pittwater Pioneers, 2013.]

Soon after they gained ownership Charles Jenkins passed away, naming the only child of Martha and 'Joseph' as executor - the  gentleman named was a solicitor, not her father:

In the Supreme Court of New South Wales.
PROBATE JURISDICTION.
In the will of Charles John Jenkins, late of Scotland Island, Pittwater, in the Colony of New South Wales, farmer, deceased.
APPLICATION will be made, after fourteen days from the publication hereof, that probate of the last will of the above named deceased may be granted to Emily Mary Ann Elizabeth Godbold and Stephen Mountain Stephens, the executrix and executor named in the said will,—Dated this 14th day of June, A.D. 1892.
W. H. PIGOTT, Proctor, 28, Castlereagh-street, Sydney. In the Supreme Court of New South Wales. PROBATE JURISDICTION. (1892, June 17). New South Wales Government Gazette (Sydney, NSW : 1832 - 1900), p. 4947. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article222969717 

Emily Mary Ann Elizabeth (names of her Mother's sisters) married George Sigby Godbold in 1887. 3485/1887: GODBOLD, GEORGE and STEVENS EMILY - MANLY - NSW State Records - Births, Deaths Marriages

The first born Godbold children spent their formative years on Scotland Island. Family records state Herbert, their eldest, and his six siblings, five sisters and a brother, were all born on the island. The family moved to Bayview in 1903 or 1904. 

A few years before this, photos taken by the state government show the island is again covered in trees.

Pittwater wharf at Bayview facing Scotland Island (at Right), 1900, and looking towards Church Point  - from NSW State Records and Archives, Item: FL11281545:

Pittwater from above Lovetts, Scotland Island to the left;  1900. Item: FL11281628, courtesy State Records of NSW:

Apparently dieback may be caused by psyllid lerps insect infestations. However, our trees in the PON yard (also Pittwater Spotted gums) had an abundance of these in 2014 and none were lost or even looked like they would die.

 White ash substance on eucalypts - remnants of the casing of the nymph-stage of the psyllid lerps insect.

Above: Cicada rain on a sunny day - December and January 2014. We had so many cicadas, and continue to, that we are being 'peed' on during some summers. And it's loud, really LOUD, there are so many some years. But no trees have died from too many cicadas during the 40+ years they have been deafening us from our spotted gum trees.

In March 2023 Roy Baker, Editor of the Pittwater Offshore Newsletter (the original PON) and a Scotland Islander, penned a report, 'Scotland Island's Tree Canopy - Is it really dying?' where he stated:

'Northern Beaches Council have confirmed that their staff have observed die-back among both young and mature spotted gums on the island’s north-facing slopes. They describe the die-back issue as complex, without a clear cause.

‘It’s clearly not drought-induced’, a spokesperson told me. ‘It’s possible that there is an insect or fungal outbreak across the region following the three moist years we've had.’ -'

However, the images above show the dieback is happening on the south and east sides of the island, as well as the north. Added to this, the hills beyond Scotland Island on Rocky Point, Church Point and further west and north, as well as across the bay on the eastern side of Pittwater, remain as green as ever - there is no dieback elsewhere in Pittwater.

A respondent to Roy's article, Scotland Island's Trees - A Spotted Gum plantation by Alan Erdman (June 2023), an arborist with decades of experience, who also has been connected with the island since 1975, explained what he thinks is happening:

'There is probably a complex interplay of different factors, ranging from septic systems to climate change. But, in essence, nature does not like a monoculture. When they arise nature will turn on itself, with pests and disease becoming more prevalent. This can lead to devastating results. To take an extreme example, when a farmer plants a field of wheat, the incidence of pests and disease significantly increases and considerable crop losses can result.

In a natural ecosystem a full tree canopy will rarely provide space for a young tree to reach maturity. In short, an older tree first needs to fall down. When that rare event happens it creates a race amongst the understorey, which only the strongest trees will win.

Compare that to a situation in which there is extensive canopy clearing. There is then opportunity for many more trees to mature. There is less natural selection, therefore greater propensity for genetically weaker trees to become dominant.

This is what, I believe, is the main underlying driver for the current state of tree dieback. And that’s why there often doesn’t seem to be rhyme or reason to why some trees are dying while others flourish. If you look at a group of trees next to each other you will typically see around three-quarters in decline but the rest with healthy canopies. The flourishing trees are those more able to withstand environmental pressures, while the others are genetically weaker and probably should not have been there in the first place.

Basically, what we’ve ended up with is akin to a Spotted Gum plantation. And a quick Google search will reveal that Spotted Gum plantation managers are facing similar situations to what is happening on the island. For a couple of examples, click here (2020) and here (2017).'

Others are attributing the increase and acceleration of tree dieback to increased numbers of residents on the island putting pressure on the septic systems. Scotland Islanders, almost 100 years after sustained growth in homes from subdivisions occurred, are still not  connected to mains water or the sewerage system

The Scotland Island Residents Association (SIRA) has been trying for decades to bring the island on to the same system the rest of Sydney enjoys. 

There are 377 dwellings on Scotland Island, according to the council. The Australian Bureau of Statistics' 2021 Census recorded that 711 people were 'usually resident' on Scotland Island on Tuesday, 10 August 2021. The island's population is partly seasonal: around 23% of the 358 private dwellings on the island were classed as 'unoccupied' on that Census night. In Summer he population is closer to 1000 people. 

In January 2011, incoming Premier of NSW Barry O’Farrell wrote: 

“The NSW Liberals and Nationals will fast-track the connection of sewerage … clearing most of the Keneally Labor Government's Priority Sewerage Program backlog,… We will also ensure remaining areas such as Austral, West Hoxton, Menangle, Menangle Park, Nattai and Scotland Island are connected to the sewer as a matter of priority...”

In 2012, the NSW Government’s Northern Beaches Regional Action Plan committed to:

 Better manage waste water and improve ocean water quality including upgrades to waste water and sewerage treatment facilities for Scotland Island”, (page 13). And “The provision of wastewater services to Scotland Island is a matter of priority …” (page14).

Scotland Island was subsequently listed under the 'Priority Sewerage Program'. Sydney Water's Operating Licence had committed them to delivering schemes under the Priority Sewerage Program.

The Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal (IPART) review of Sydney Water's Operating Licence in 2015 noted Sydney Water's estimate that the capital cost of providing wastewater services to Scotland Island would be $235,000 per lot ($2014/15). Sydney Water claimed delivering the remaining schemes under the Priority Sewerage Program would result in an unacceptable increase to Sydney Water service charges for Sydney Water's 1.7 million wastewater customers.

That was accepted by IPART and therefore Sydney Water's next Operating Licence 2015-2020 did not contain any commitment to delivering schemes under the Priority Sewerage Program, but did state that Sydney Water must comply with any government review of the Program.

Sydney Water's Operating Licence, reviewed every five years, includes a review of commitments to programs such as the Priority Sewerage Program.

IPART's 2019 Review of the Sydney Water Operating Licence, to which SIRA made a submission, stated in its final report:

Recommended Priority Sewerage Scheme clauses

3.3 Priority Sewerage Program

3.3.1 Sydney Water must participate cooperatively in any NSW Government review of the Priority Sewerage Program.

3.3.2 If required by the Minister, Sydney Water must implement and comply with any outcomes (including timeframes) of any NSW Government review of the Priority Sewerage Program.

[Note: The areas to which the Priority Sewerage Program applies are Austral, Menangle, Menangle Park, Nattai, Scotland Island and Yanderra as listed in Schedule B of this Licence.]

So; a big fat 'nothing'.

At the same time of the 2019 Review the by then in charge of the area Northern Beaches Council received State Government funding through the Stronger Communities Fund to conduct an independent investigation into the commercial feasibility of water and wastewater services to Scotland Island.

The Council commissioned a study and assessment which found:

''Wastewater systems consist of on-site management systems that are generally unsuitable for the topography and geology of the Island. Scotland Island is steep-sided bedrock with shallow soils of sandy loam (highly permeable) with sandy clay loam subsoils (highly impermeable). Evidence of overflow of septic systems was observed during the site inspection and audit conducted as part of this investigation. Septic odours and high numbers of mosquitos were also observed, supporting anecdotal reports of these issues. 

During the site inspection undertaken for this assessment, evidence of significant noxious weed infestation and Eucalyptus dieback was observed. It is likely that altered soil moisture and nutrient characteristics caused by poorly performing on-site wastewater management systems are contributing factors. It this regard, it should be noted that the vegetation on the Island is listed as an endangered ecological community (Pittwater Spotted Gum Forest).''

And:

Physiochemical degradation of soil due to effluent disposal is expected to be widespread and both surface and ground water resources are expected to be polluted. An implication of this is that native vegetation may be placed at risk and evidence of Eucalyptus dieback has been documented in the past (Scotland Island Wastewater Impact Study 1997). The vegetation of the Island is listed as an endangered ecological community (Pittwater Spotted Gum Forest, see Figure 2). The presence of this endangered ecological community further increases the implications of this degradation.

A site visit was conducted during the preparation of this report (see Appendix C for photographs). Extensive and widespread weed growth was observed during the site visit. A failing wastewater system represents a concentrated source of not only faecal matter and bacteria but also nutrients. High nutrient loads are a likely contributing factor to the widespread weed issue and degradation of native vegetation through nutrient overload and weed propagation.''

And:

''It should also be noted that Scotland Island is in closer proximity to heavily populated areas of Sydney than Dangar Island. When considered in these terms, it is a reasonable community expectation that Scotland Island be provided with the same level of water and wastewater services as Dangar Island.

The emergency water supply pipeline set up for firefighting and then later as an emergency drinking water supply, is now used by the majority of residents. This supply is officially non-potable. On-site wastewater systems are of insufficient capacity to cope with the substantial use of the non-potable supply. This has contributed to water quality impacts on the Pittwater Estuary, particularly following rain events.

The annual State of the Beaches reports, over the decade and a half the news service has run them, has consistently stated in regards to Scotland Island: 

'' indicates microbial water quality is considered suitable for swimming most of the time but may be susceptible to pollution after rain, with several potential sources of faecal contamination including onsite systems.''

Council's Water and Waste Water Feasibility Study [Endorsed by Council Nov 2020] found:

'The study estimated the cost to construct the preferred options and provide water and wastewater services to the 377 properties on Scotland Island would be just under $69 million (in today's prices).

The study recommended that the state government fund the scheme.'

Currently, IPART is seeking feedback on the next five years of how much Sydney Water can charge - see: IPART seeks feedback on water pricing proposals: Submissions close December 9

Sydney Water has proposed bills increase by 18% next year, and then further increases of 7% a year plus inflation, or around 31.5% overall between 2025-2030.

The documents state Sydney Water has proposed $16.5 billion in investment over the next 5 years. 

'Almost 60% of its proposed capital investment ($9.5 billion) over the next 5 years is to deliver new services to growth areas across Greater Sydney, including for new water assets and wastewater treatment facilities. It would spend around $6.3 billion to renew existing infrastructure.

The words 'Scotland Island' do not appear once in the 2024 Pricing proposal - Sydney Water document submitted to IPART by Sydney Water. Nor does any reference to a 'Priority Sewerage Scheme' appear. The document, after talking about the 570,000 new dwellings in Western Sydney that will need a tap and a loo, does use a map to show where it supplies water to - with Scotland Island included.

If your water supply is non-potable, it means the water has come from a non-potable, or non-drinking, water source. Water provided as non-potable water to be used as a supplementary water supply. It is not intended to be your primary water supply.

Sydney Water wants to increase all local water bills by an average of $620 per annum for the next five years, or an extra $3100 per household on average all up, while we sit still and watch Scotland Island's trees die.

The vision of Sydney Water, as part of the Greater Sydney Water Strategy, as stated in their 2022 Annual Report is “creating a better life with world class water services”. 

Two of their key research and innovation priorities are “reliable and resilient water supply” and “healthy waterways and environment”. Through their Urban PlungeTM strategy, Sydney Water aims to “to fast-track the delivery of more swimming and water recreation opportunities across Greater Sydney”, “a clean safe place to swim…. to swim and play and provide access to recreational waterways for people across Greater Sydney”.

The 2024 (for 2025-2030) pricing proposal states in its opening pages Sydney Water's objectives are to:

  • protect public health
  • protect the environment
  • be a successful business.

Safe drinking water for Scotland Island residents, a safe sewerage system to prevent disease, and cleaner estuary waters for visitors and residents alike as a result, AND saving an endangered ecological community are the markers of a successful business and epitomise Sydney Water's objectives.

Submissions close December 9. 

The 2024 Pricing proposal - Sydney Water 

Provide 'feedback' HERE

 

Ruskin Rowe Tree Vigil Update: November 2024

On November 14, 2024 a resident of Ruskin Rowe advised the news service they had again received a Notice form Council for the removal of two trees.

In June this year Council tried to remove this tree and others from Ruskin Rowe. Local resistance supported by submissions from experienced arborists saved this and one other large canopy tree from the executioners chainsaw. 

''However, now Council intend to complete their mission and remove this majestic gum, the canopy and every other environmental benefit that such a mature tree provides. '' one RR resident said this week.

Background: from a Member of Pittwater group Canopy Keepers

''Four trees on RR were slated for removal by council early in the year after a branch drop damaged a Mercedes parked underT1 in the turning circle (NB: residents have stated ''a large tree had been removed by council the previous year, causing upset to many residents because it's removal was a result of damaging roadworks that apparently no one wanted. Also because its replacement immediately died. That's what happens when a replacement tree isn't cared for''.)

Canopy Keepers made enquiries as to the reasons for the four trees being removed and were advised that the trees had "structural issues and could no longer be managed".

We took this advice in good faith.

It wasn't until later that upset RR residents asked NB councillor Miranda Korzy to look further into the case and she asked a local, level 8 arborist (highest qualification) to take a look at the 4 trees.

In a nutshell, he conceded that 2 of the trees had potential issues and could justifiably be removed, which they were, without interference. But he could not find the other two trees to even be a 'moderate risk'.

By then CK and other resident's groups were involved and we asked for a stay of execution for the remaining 2 trees whilst the level 8 arborist presented his findings to council and this is where the blockade began. It was agreed that no further action was to be taken until council considered his findings.

Unfortunately the tree loppers showed up anyway the next day to continue with the removal. Which was not cool.

CK then commissioned it's own written assessment via a recently retired local L5 arborist whose specialty is risk assessment- mainly assessing trees in schools. So, he's eminently qualified.

After that CK then commissioned on behalf of, and paid for by residents and community groups, an assessment by one of the most respected arborists in the country (L8).

We want to be clear on one thing.

CK were ready to accept the findings of these 2 arborists, whatever they may have been. Had they deemed the last two trees to be an unacceptable risk to the community we would have packed up and walked away.

But both reports agreed with the first arborist's conclusion: that the trees, given their structure, health, history, location (quiet street, lack of static targets. One tree has the closest house 80m away! The other 40m) and the benefits they provide pose a "broadly acceptable risk". So no more than an average risk.

Two L8 arborists - one who is arguably the most respected in the country, who teaches Arboriculture both here and overseas , and an L5 arborist - an expert in risk assessment with 30 years experience at the Dept. of Education- have assessed the trees (commissioned by residents of Ruskin Rowe and community groups) and deemed them, as per industry standards of assessment to NOT be a high risk.

In fact they concluded that not only do the trees not require removal, in their opinions they require no action at all. Although they did offer some sensible steps of basic risk mitigation which council appear to have dismissed.

CK adds that of those three arborists, two are lifelong locals who provided their services gratis (free) because they actually like trees, love their home and they are concerned that best practice is not being upheld.

Here's an excerpt from one of the 2 reports. This from Level 8 arborist Mark H.;

" There is nothing to suggest that either tree poses a risk than is greater than that of the average tree in and adjacent to areas of high urban risk*. This means that the trees are in the 'broadly acceptable' range."

* "The road use appears to be very low, with three vehicles passing during the 30 minutes I was on the site. This equates to two vehicle movements an hour over a 24 hr period. Pedestrian use is likely to be even lower".

An excerpt from his conclusion :

" There is nothing that suggests that the risk associated with either of these trees is outside of the 'broadly acceptable' range...Even if the health benefits from trees are reduced to an almost negligible amount, greater harm would still be done by removing the trees rather than dealing with an occasional branch failure "

In other words at complete odds with Council's findings - using the exact same methodology.

So we are questioning how this is possible? Wouldn't you?

CK asked council to review all of the reports and now, months later with community watching and (not coincidentally at the busiest time of year) they have said nope, the trees are still going.

Because they pose an "unmanageable risk".

The clue is in the wording. Not unacceptable, but unmanageable.

Council have provided no further information.

So it should be no surprise that people are unhappy.''

Another CK Member has stated: 

''It’s a phenomenon.

Purchase a property in a beautiful leafy environment, (especially waterfront) then proceed to chop down or poison all trees that “interfere” with your particular view.

Buy or build a home in an area planned & valued for the retention of its natural environment, then proceed to remove the native vegetation from your block, and lobby to have the mature eucalyptus canopy removed from the street.

As an LGA have a fantastic sounding Tree Canopy Plan sitting on a shelf in its bureaucratic  glory, while many look on disillusioned as decisions they find questionable prevail?

Are many of our residents, especially our bushcare volunteers feeling despondent ? You bet!!!!''

Initial June 2024 Report (updates followed):

Ruskin Row Blockade Provides Reprieve To Flooded Gums: Residents Fed-Up With Council Destruction Of Pittwater's Trees - 30 Thousand Trees Lost Since Forced Union Of Pittwater With Warringah

Photos below supplied, November 2024

We rated the urban forests of 8 global cities – only Singapore passed the 30% canopy test

Ryan DeBerardinis, Shutterstock
Thami CroeserRMIT University

Can you see three trees from your home, school or workplace? Is there tree canopy cover shading at least 30% of the surrounding neighbourhood? Can you find a park within 300 metres of the building?

These three simple questions form the basis of the “3+30+300 rule” for greener, healthier, more heat tolerant cities. This simple measure, originally devised in Europe and now gaining traction around the world, sets the minimum standard required to experience the health benefits of nature in cities.

We put the rule to the test in eight global cities: Melbourne, Sydney, New York, Denver, Seattle, Buenos Aires, Amsterdam and Singapore.

Most buildings in these cities failed to meet the 3+30+300 rule. We found canopy cover in desperately short supply, even in some of the most affluent, iconic cities on the planet. Better canopy cover is urgently needed to cool our cities in the face of climate change.

Explore all three interactive maps, zoom in or out and search by address or place, hit the “i” button for more detail. Source: Cobra Groeninzicht

Shady trees are good for health and wellbeing

People are more likely to suffer from depressionanxietyobesity and heatstroke in places with fewer trees, or limited access to parks. But how much “green infrastructure” do we need to stay healthy and happy?

Dutch urban forestry expert Professor Cecil Konijnendijk set the standard when he introduced the 3+30+300 rule in 2022. This benchmark is based on his wide-ranging review of the evidence linking urban nature to human health and wellbeing.

While the rule is still relatively new to Australia, it is gaining momentum internationally. Cities in Europe, the United States and Canada are using the measure, formally or informally, in their urban forestry strategies and plans. These cities include Haarlem in the Netherlands, Malmö in Sweden, Saanich in Canada, and Zürich in Switzerland.

A tree-lined street in a built-up area with multi-storey buildings with complete 100% canopy cover
Achieving 100% canopy cover is possible over streets, even in built-up areas. Thami Croeser

Putting the rule to the test

We applied the 3+30+300 rule to a global inventory of city trees that collates open source data from local governments. We selected cities with the most detailed data for our research, aiming for at least one city on every continent. Unfortunately no suitable data could be identified for cities in Africa, mainland Asia or the Middle East.

Our final selection of eight cities features several regarded as leaders in urban forestry and green space development. The City of Melbourne is renowned for its ambitious Urban Forest Strategy. New York is home to successful projects such as MillionTreesNYC and The Highline. Singapore is known for lush tropical greenery including standout sites such as Gardens by the Bay and Bishan-Ang Mo Kio Park.

Analysis of Melbourne and Sydney was restricted to central areas only, based on limitations in the data, while the other six analyses covered whole cities.

Most buildings across the eight cities met the three trees requirement but fell short on canopy cover. In contrast, three in four (75%) buildings passed the 30% canopy benchmark in Singapore and almost one in two (45%) passed in Seattle.

Just 3% of buildings in Melbourne had adequate neighbourhood canopy cover, despite 44% having views of at least three trees.

Central Sydney fared better, although only 17% of city buildings were shaded enough despite 84% having views of at least three trees.

Access to parks was also patchy. Cities such as Singapore and Amsterdam scored well on parks, while Buenos Aires and New York City scored poorly.

Since completing this study, we partnered with Dutch geospatial firm, Cobra Groeninzicht to map ten extra cities in Europe, the US and Canada. We found similar results in these cities.

A table illustrating 3+30+300 results using pass/fail maps of buildings in Sydney, Melbourne, Buenos Aires and Singapore.
Singapore was the only city to receive a pass mark on all three components of the 3+30+300 rule. Croeser et al., 2024.

Too small and spaced out

We were surprised to discover so many buildings around the world had views to at least three trees but still had inadequate neighbourhood canopy cover. This seemed contradictory – are there enough trees, or not?

The issue comes up in other studies too. For example, the city of Nice in France recently revealed 92% of residents have views to three trees, but only 45% had adequate neighbourhood canopy.

When we looked into this issue, we found those three trees, visible as they may be, are often too small to create decent shade.

Planting density was an issue too. When a city did have large trees, they tended to be very spaced out.

Meeting the 3+30+300 rule therefore requires bigger, healthier longer-lived trees, planted closer together.

Explore all three interactive maps, zoom in or out and search by address or place, hit the “i” button for more detail. Source: Cobra Groeninzicht

City living is tough for trees

Many of our roads and footpaths sit on a base of compacted crushed rock, topped by impermeable asphalt or paving. This means very little water reaches tree roots, and there isn’t much space for the roots to grow. As a result, street trees grow slowly, die young, and are more susceptible to pestsdisease and heat stress.

Above ground, trees face further challenges. Power companies have legal powers to demand sometimes excessive amounts of pruning. Residents and developers frequently request tree removals, often successfully.

This trifecta of high removal rates, heavy pruning and tough growing conditions mean large, healthy canopy trees are rare.

Planting new trees is surprisingly difficult too. Engineering standards often act against tree planting by requiring large clearances from driveways, underground pipes, or even parking spaces.

Instead of managing potential conflicts, trees are often simply deleted from streetscape plans. Sparse planting is the result.

The canopy of this street tree has been butchered to provide the required clearance around powerlines
Conservative powerline clearance rules requiring intense pruning of street trees are being challenged by urban forestry experts. Thami Croeser

Finding solutions to nurture tree canopy

Fortunately, there are solutions to all of these issues.

Legal reforms to put trees on equal footing with other infrastructure would be a great place to start. Trees do come with risks as well as benefits, but we need to manage those risks rather than settling for hot, desolate streets.

Better planting standards will be important too. Technology already exists to create larger soil volumes under footpaths and roads. Clever asphalt-like materials (often called “permeable paving”) allow rain to infiltrate soils. These approaches cost more, but they work very well. Not only do they potentially double tree growth rates trees, but they also help reduce flood risks and minimise issues such as roots blocking drains or causing bumpy footpaths.

Our study is a clear call to action for cities to expand, maintain and protect their urban forests and parks to prepare for climate change. With another record-breaking summer predicted, hot on the heels of the world’s hottest year, growing tree canopy has never been more urgent. We must push forward with these reforms and ensure our urban populations have all the green infrastructure they need to protect them into the future. The Conversation

Photo comparing two trees in a city trial of specialised soil volume systems, showing much more vigorous growth in the tree planted in a soil vault
Trees planted in specialised soil volume systems grow much faster, as do trees with proper access to water. In this trial, the tree on the right was planted in a soil vault, while the tree on the left (planted at the same time) was not. CityGreen

Thami Croeser, Research Fellow, Centre for Urban Research, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Notice Of Public Meeting: Strategic Planning Panel of the Sydney North Planning Panel- Patyegarang /Lizard Rock

The Strategic Planning Panel of the Sydney North Planning Panel is holding an online public meeting via Microsoft Teams on Monday, 9 December 2024 beginning at 9:30am to hear from those who made a submission on the Patyegarang planning proposal at Morgan Road, Belrose (PP-2022-3802).

The purpose of the meeting is to give interested people the opportunity to speak directly to the Planning Panel before a decision is made. If you wish to speak to the Panel or to listen to the meeting, you must register by completing the following form before 12pm on Thursday, 5 December 2024https://forms.office.com/r/5ZXRvmdXUz

The Planning Panels Team will confirm registrations and provide videoconference details following the closure of registrations.

Any person is welcome to the public meeting. The Panel is required to make an audio record of the meeting which will also be made publicly available on the Planning Portal website. You should be aware that this recording may include your personal information if you are presenting to the Panel.

Please note that unauthorised recordings of the public meetings are not permissible.

The Panel will aim to publish its decision on the Planning Panels website within 7 days of the meeting.

The amended planning proposal seeks to amend the Warringah Local Environmental Plan (LEP) 2011 to:

  • transfer the site from Warringah Local Environmental Plan 2000 to Warringah Local Environmental Plan 2011 and implement standard instrument zones
  • secure dual occupancies as an additional permitted use within the R2 low density residential zone
  • secure additional permitted uses within the RE2 Private Recreation zone to enable environmental management works, stormwater services, asset protection zones (APZs) and bushfire works, utilities and servicing works where required
  • introduce maximum building heights of 8.5 metres
  • introduce a range of small, medium to large residential lot sizes and
  • manage an appropriate number of dwellings based on the site capacity.

The post exhibition report and attachment documents will be available on the Planning Portal website by 5pm Monday 2 December 2024 on this link: https://www.planningportal.nsw.gov.au/ppr/postexhibition/patyegarang-morgan-road-belrose

Guidelines for speakers

  • Individuals will have 2 minutes each to speak
  • Community groups will have 5 minutes each to speak
  • Council and agencies will have 10 minutes each to speak
  • The proponent, including consultant(s), will have a total of 15 minutes to address issues raised in public submissions
  • Any requests for extending time limits are to be granted at the discretion of the Chair
  • Please focus your oral submission on how the post exhibition report has addressed your concerns, as the Panel will have read your written submission before the meeting.
  • Speakers are encouraged to be succinct and avoid repeating issues or concerns that have already been raised by prior speakers. Speakers who repeat matters previously raised may be asked to conclude their remarks given time constraints
  • Speakers must be respectful and not interject while another person is speaking. There is to be no personal criticism directed at any individual or party
  • Speakers or observers are not permitted to ask questions during this meeting

If you have any questions, please contact us via email at strategicpanels@dpie.nsw.gov.au or via phone on 02 8217 2060 and quote the reference number PP-2022-3802.

Planning Panels Team

NCC: NSW must strengthen Biodiversity Offset laws as threatened species list grows: 48 uplisted in 2024

November 15, 2024

The Nature Conservation Council of New South Wales (NCC), the state’s leading environmental advocacy organisation, says the addition or uplisting of 48 species to the NSW threatened species list so far this year highlights the need for strong reforms to the NSW Biodiversity Offsets Scheme (BOS).  

The long-nosed potoroo, Curlew sandpiper, Gang-gang cockatoo and Large-eared pied bat are among the species added or uplisted this year.   

The NSW Government has introduced legislation to amend the Biodiversity Offsets Scheme (BOS), which is expected to be debated next week. The BOS is heavily relied on in NSW’s biodiversity policy framework, however without clear protection for even the most at risk species and ecological communities, it is contributing to ongoing biodiversity decline and extinctions.  

As recently as October, financial units that represent the Gang-gang and its habitat were being actively traded on the BOS. This means that six months after its uplifting to endangered status, the BOS facilitated the net loss of Gang-gang cockatoo habitat to the tune of nearly $34,000 through the scheme. The Gang-Gang’s key threatening processes include loss and degradation of breeding and foraging habitat from rural and urban development.[i]  

Similarly, $2.7 million has changed hands from a developer through the BOS to facilitate the net loss of the endangered Large-eared Pied Bat’s habitat over the last 12 months. The Large-eared Pied Bat’s main threats are clearing and isolation of forest and woodland habitats, and loss of foraging habitat.[ii ] 

Large-eared Pied Bat (Chalinolobus dwyeri). Photo: Doug Beckers

Large-eared Pied Bats roost in caves, mines and unused bird nests. Image: "Chalinolobus dwyeri" by Michael Pennay is licensed under CC BY-NC-ND 2.0

Gang-gang Cockatoo (Callocephalon fimbriatum) male. Photo: J J Harrison

Gang-gang female. Photo: Martyman

The clearing of habitat, alongside invasive species and climate change are the key overarching threats to biodiversity in NSW.  

NCC CEO Jacqui Mumford said in Friday: 

“As the list of species moving towards extension continues to grow longer, we call on all sides of Parliament to work together and negotiate strong amendments to the Bill and make sure we give nature a fighting chance.”  

“Reform of the BOS is long overdue, however, the Bill as it stands falls short of what is needed, failing to address the fundamental flaws identified by multiple independent inquiries.”  

“The use of offsetting has always been a risky exercise, increasingly magnified as a species moves towards endangered status.   

Offsetting was supposed to be a last resort, but it has instead become the norm that a development can pay to destroy habitat. This is enabling extinction.”   

In order for the scheme to have integrity; and for species like the Large-eared Pied Bat and the Gang Gang to have a fighting chance. The NCC states it recommends: 

  • offsets must be ‘like-for-like’  
  • indirect offsets and payments into the fund must be phased out  
  • loopholes for ‘Part 5 development’ must be closed  
  • and the destruction of irreplaceable, high conservation value land must not be permitted under the scheme. 

APPENDIX 1 – List of new or uplisted threatened species by the NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee, 2024 to date, as at 13 Nov 2024. 

V= Vulnerable; E= Endangered; CE=Critically Endangered. 

Source: NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee final determinations 

i See www.seed.nsw.gov.au/biodiversity-credits-market-sales-dashboard for trade details and threatenedspecies.bionet.nsw.gov.au/profile?id=10975 for threats 

ii https://threatenedspecies.bionet.nsw.gov.au/profile?id=10157

Pultenaea baeuerlenii, commonly known as Budawangs bush-pea. Photo: Murray Fagg 

Curlew Sandpiper (Calidris ferruginea). Photo: J J Harrison

Long-nosed Potoroo (Potorous tridactylus). Photo: Peripitus 

Garigal National Park: ‘1080 pest management’

Applies until Sat 01 Feb 2025, 2.12am. 
NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPEs) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluroacetate) for the control of foxes. 

The program is continuous and ongoing between 1 August 2024 and 31 January 2025 in Garigal National Park. Don’t touch baits or ejector devices. Penalties apply for non-compliance.
All baiting locations are identifiable by signs.

Domestic pets are not permitted in NSW national parks and reserves. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

Fox baiting in these reserves is aimed at reducing their impact on threatened species.

For more information, contact the local park office on: Forestville 9451 3479 (business hours)
NPWS after-hours call centre: 1300 056 294 (after hours)

NSW Water Consultations open for Public Submissions:  Billabong Creek EIS; NSW Recycled Water Roadmap; Murrumbidgee water sharing plan; Gwydir water sharing plan; Macquarie/Wambuul water sharing plan; Namoi-Peel water sharing plan; Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project

Billabong Creek EIS - open until November 28 2024
Residents in the Riverina region are being invited to have their say on a proposal to replace two river regulators in Billabong Creek, improving water management and environmental outcomes as part of the Yanco Creek Modernisation Project.

The proposed work at Hartwood and Wanganella will modernise ageing infrastructure by replacing two fixed crest structures with state-of-the-art regulators to improve flows, enhance native fish passages and increase environmental water delivery in the region.

The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed upgrades is now open for public comment on the DCCEEW website until 28 November and we are encouraging local people to lodge a submission before it closes.

The project is part of the Sustainable Diversion Limit Adjustment Mechanism (SDLAM) Program that is rolling out new infrastructure across southern NSW that will help meet the objectives of the Murray-Darling Basin Plan.

Face-to-face community information sessions to enable residents to get a better understanding of the project and to ask questions.
These will be held at:
  • Wanganella Town Hall on Tuesday 12 November from 1-6pm
  • Conargo Town Hall on Wednesday 13 November from 1-6pm
Please note, you do not have to register to attend.
The Yanco Creek system links two of Australia’s largest rivers – the Murrumbidgee and Murray – via more than 800 kilometres of interconnected waterways across the Riverina region.

To view the EIS and have your say visit: Yanco Creek Modernisation Project

NSW Recycled Water Roadmap - open until Friday 6 December 2024.
The NSW Government is developing a Recycled Water Roadmap to make it easier for water utilities to assess, cost and engage with their customers on recycled water, and invest in it for both drinking and non-drinking purposes.

The Draft Recycled Water Roadmap aims to help utilities plan their water supplies by considering recycled water alongside other supply and demand options. It will streamline regulation, licensing, and approvals while also prioritising public health. Led by the NSW Government, in collaboration with regulators and utilities, the Draft Roadmap focuses on policy, economics, regulation, and coordination to boost recycled water delivery across the state. Actions are planned for the next 2 years, with ongoing monitoring to identify new opportunities over the next 5 years.

Greater Sydney Water Strategy 
  • Implementation Plan Action 2.5b - Construct and commence operation of a purified recycled water demonstration plant.
  • Implementation Plan Action 25c - Engage with the community to understand preferences for additional water supplies— including purified recycled water—and demand management measures to secure water supplies and to help make Sydney a more liveable city.
Lower Hunter Water Security Plan
  • Priority 2 - Increase recycled water use for non-drinking purposes.
  • Priority 2 - Engage with the community on purified recycled water and build a purified recycled water demonstration plant in the region.
Macquarie Castlereagh Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 1.5 - Invest in innovative water management options including water treatment and reuse initiatives.
Far North Coast Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 4.8 - Develop a recycled water plan for the Far North Coast.
Namoi Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 1.4 - Progress water treatment facilities for industries reliant on town water supplies.
North Coast Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 3.5 - Increase use of recycled water and investigate increased use of tertiary-treated and onfarm recycled water for intensive horticulture
Public information sessions
Webinar 1
When: Wednesday 13 November 2024
Time: 12pm – 1pm

Have your say: Make a submission
If you would like to make an online submission, please click the button below here: https://water.dpie.nsw.gov.au/our-work/plans-and-strategies/recycled-water-roadmap

Murrumbidgee water sharing plan - open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Murrumbidgee Unregulated River water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The draft plan sets out clear rules for the fair and sustainable sharing of surface water among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

This includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, ensuring basic landholder rights and social and cultural needs are met and providing secure and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're inviting the Murrumbidgee community to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on Friday 13 December.

We'll be holding a webinar on Tuesday 12 November at 12.30pm, where the community can learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

Face-to-face meetings will also be held on:
  • Thursday 21 November in Cooma from 3pm to 5pm and
  • in Griffith on 19 November from 10am to 12pm.
Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week of 11 November.

The draft uses the latest data and includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Other changes include additional protection for specific wetlands in the region.

The water sharing plan establishes rules for water management including the limit of the total volume of water that can be extracted from the Murrumbidgee Unregulated River Water Sources.

Water sharing plans are subject to review every 10 years under the Water Management Act 2000. The current water sharing plan for the Murrumbidgee Unregulated River Water Sources 2012 will expire on 1 July 2025.

The public exhibition period provides opportunities for water users, stakeholders and other interested parties to learn more about proposed changes in the draft plan, and to make submissions and comment on the draft. Feedback and issues raised during the public exhibition phase will be considered when finalising the plan.

The finalised replacement plan is proposed to commence on or before 1 July 2025.



Gwydir water sharing plan  - open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Gwydir Unregulated River water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The draft plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs and providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're now inviting the Gwydir community to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on 13 December.

We'll be holding a webinar on Tuesday, 19 November from 12pm to 1pm where the community can learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

A face-to-face drop-in session will also be held on Wednesday 27 November in Bingara from 10am to 12pm.

Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft uses the latest data and includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Other changes include additional protections for specific wetlands in the region.
The water sharing plan establishes rules for water management including the limit of the total volume of water that can be extracted from the Gwydir Unregulated River Water Sources.

Water sharing plans are subject to review every 10 years under the Water Management Act 2000. The current water sharing plan for the Gwydir Unregulated River Water Sources 2012 will expire on 1 July 2025.

The public exhibition period provides opportunities for water users, community members and other interested parties to learn more about proposed changes in the draft plan, and to make submissions and comment on the draft. Feedback and issues raised during the public exhibition phase will be considered when finalising the plan.

The finalised plan is proposed to commence on or before 1 July 2025. Plans are in place for 10 years.

View the documents, register for the webinar, meetings or one to one sessions, and provide feedback at;  https://water.dpie.nsw.gov.au/our-work/plans-and-strategies/water-sharing-plans/public-exhibition/gwydir-unregulated-river-water-sources


Macquarie/Wambuul water sharing plan -  open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan Unregulated Rivers Water Sharing Plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs along with providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're encouraging residents in the Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan catchment to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on 13 December.

A public webinar will be held on 15 November and a targeted webinar focusing on the Lower Macquarie on 18 November to give people an opportunity to learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

In addition, face-to-face drop-in sessions will be held on 21 November in Orange and Bathurst. Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft includes proposed changes to make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Others include provisions to better protect town water supply, as well as additional protections for specific wetlands in the region.

The plan also includes provisions to improve connectivity in the Northern Basin.

We want to hear the community's views on these changes and will carefully consider all feedback before finalising the plan ahead of it going into effect on 1 July 2025.

Plans are in place for 10 years and are audited after the first five years to ensure they are working effectively and appropriately.

To register for a session and make a submission, visit: Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan.

Namoi-Peel water sharing plan -  open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs along with providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

A webinar will be held on 18 November 10.30am to 11.30am to give the community an opportunity to learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

A face-to-face drop-in session will also be held on 26 November:
  • Manilla from 10am to 12 pm
  • Dungowan from 2pm to 4pm
Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Others include additional protections for specific wetlands in the region, including the Gulligal and Wee Waa Lagoons.

The plan also includes provisions to improve connectivity in the Northern Basin.

The NSW Government want to hear the community’s views and will carefully consider all feedback before finalising the plan ahead of it going into effect on 1 July 2025.

Plans are in place for 10 years and are audited after the first five years to ensure they are working effectively and appropriately.

To register for a session and to make a submission, visit: Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan
Also see; Submission form - Draft Water Sharing Plan for the Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers Water Sources 2025

Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project

The Water Group in the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water invites community members and stakeholders from across the Central West region to attend upcoming information sessions introducing the proposed Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project.

Three sessions are being held across three days. Each session will be broken into two parts. The first part will be a project presentation. The second part will involve small group discussions about the challenges and opportunities to be addressed by the project. Both sessions will enable stakeholders to engage directly with the project team.

Session details:
  • Wednesday 13 November, 4pm – 6pm at the Community Room, Warren Sporting and Cultural Centre
  • Thursday 14 November, 3:30pm – 5:30pm at the Carinda Memorial Hall
  • Friday 15 November, 11am – 1pm at the Western Plains Cultural Centre.
We look forward to introducing the project and hearing your views. Registration is not required.
More consultation will occur next year to provide opportunities for residents to have their say on the shortlisted options before the business case is finalised.

Funding for the Final Business Case was announced earlier this year. A robust FBC is an important first step in helping the Australian and NSW Governments make any future investment decisions about the viability of the projects. The business case is expected to be complete by early 2026.


Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

Discussion paper: Review and report into the NSW wildlife rehabilitation sector

The Parliamentary Secretary for the Environment, Ms Trish Doyle MP, is leading the NSW wildlife rehabilitation sector review (the review). The review will provide recommendations to the Minister for the Environment, the Hon Penny Sharpe MLC, on opportunities to improve support to the wildlife rehabilitation sector and associated veterinary sector. 

The review will be completed, and a report submitted to Minister Sharpe by 30 October 2025.

The review involves consulting with stakeholders in the wildlife rehabilitation sector and veterinary practices who provide essential support. Through this consultation process, the review will:

  • examine current practices
  • evaluate previously implemented strategies
  • identify ongoing challenges
  • discuss areas of future opportunity.

Process for this review: Date Action

  • 9 September – 30 November 2024 Discussion Paper public consultation (submissions open)
  • November – March 2025 Engagement with stakeholders via roundtables and site visits
  • 1 December – 28 February 2025 Survey open to all members of the rehabilitation sector
  • February – May 2025 Consideration of submissions, surveys and meetings to collate review report
  • June - September 2025 Compilation and approval of report
  • October 2025 Review report provided to Minister for the Environment

NSW has different types of wildlife rehabilitation service providers. They can be:

  • home-based and part of an overarching organisation (such as WIRES)
  • a central facility where volunteers go (such as Friends of the Koala),
  • part of an exhibited animal facility (such as Taronga Conservation Society)
  • a sole operator at home (that is an individual licence holder).

Five facilities have a veterinary wildlife hospital attached.

Wildlife rehabilitation groups face a range of challenges including:

  • changing social demographics that affect volunteer participation
  • mental health and wellbeing of volunteers
  • funding of rehabilitation services
  • resources to support volunteers
  • shortage of skilled vets and veterinary nurses
  • the need for secure buildings and facilities.

The sector relies on volunteer labour and support, community fundraising and community in-kind donations. The work of wildlife rehabilitation sector volunteers was estimated to be worth around $27 million a year, according to the results of a survey of wildlife rehabilitators.

NSW leads the wildlife rehabilitation field in Australia with an organised sector to do this critical work. An integrated, future focused continuing strategy is needed to support the sector, and ensure the sector is well connected so that care for native wildlife is available in all parts of the state.

Read and download the Discussion Paper here

How to have your say

Stakeholder participation is vital to the success of the review, and you are invited to make a submission on this discussion paper.

Throughout this discussion paper we share some messages from recent stakeholder consultations. These messages are indicative, not a complete representation of the views or issues, which will expand as the consultation continues. The government shares these messages to promote consultation and seek your reactions. They do not necessarily reflect the government’s position.

The discussion paper outlines questions for you to consider when making your submission. The questions are a guide to particular issues, but you are welcome to comment on other aspects of the sector. If you have relevant examples, data and research, ideas or issues you would like to raise as part of the review, please include them in your submission.

The government looks forward to hearing from you about what is and is not working well, and where the review should focus its attention.

Making submissions

Email your submission to review.wildliferehab@environment.nsw.gov.au

Post a written submission to:

Wildlife Rehab Sector Review
Locked Bag 5022
Parramatta NSW 2124

Submissions on the Discussion Paper close November 9, 2024

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about this summer.

NSW Health’s Acting Director of Environmental Health, Paul Byleveld, said with more people spending time outdoors, it was important to take steps to reduce mosquito bite risk.

“Mosquitoes thrive in wet, warm conditions like those that much of NSW is experiencing,” Byleveld said.

“Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

“People should take extra care to protect themselves against mosquito bites and mosquito-borne disease, particularly after the detection of JE in a sentinel chicken in Far Western NSW.

The NSW Health sentinel chicken program provides early warning about the presence of serious mosquito borne diseases, like JE. Routine testing in late December revealed a positive result for JE in a sample from Menindee. 

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. The survey will run for 12 months and close in November 2024.

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Pittwater Reserves: histories + Notes + Pictorial Walks

A History Of The Campaign For Preservation Of The Warriewood Escarpment by David Palmer OAM and Angus Gordon OAM
A Saturday Morning Stroll around Bongin Bongin - Mona Vale's Basin, Mona Vale Beach October 2024 by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Along The Centre Track At Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park: June 2024 - by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Around Manly Dam: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
A Stroll Through Warriewood Wetlands by Joe Mills February 2023
A Walk Around The Cromer Side Of Narrabeen Lake by Joe Mills
A Walk on the Duffy's Wharf Track October 2024 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
America Bay Track Walk - photos by Joe Mills
An Aquatic June: North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Collaroy photos by Joe Mills 
Angophora Reserve  Angophora Reserve Flowers Grand Old Tree Of Angophora Reserve Falls Back To The Earth - History page
Annie Wyatt Reserve - A  Pictorial
Aquatic Reflections seen this week (May 2023): Narrabeen + Turimetta by Joe Mills 
Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry  
Avalon Beach This Week: A Place Of A Bursting Main, Flooding Drains + Falling Boulders Council Announces Intention To Progress One LEP For Whole LGA + Transport Oriented Development Begins
Avalon's Village Green: Avalon Park Becomes Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Bairne Walking Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP by Kevin Murray
Bangalley Headland  Bangalley Mid Winter
Bangalley Headland Walk: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Banksias of Pittwater
Barrenjoey Boathouse In Governor Phillip Park  Part Of Our Community For 75 Years: Photos From The Collection Of Russell Walton, Son Of Victor Walton
Barrenjoey Headland: Spring flowers 
Barrenjoey Headland after fire
Bayview Baths
Bayview Sea Scouts Hall: Some History
Bayview Wetlands
Beeby Park
Bilgola Beach
Bilgola Plateau Parks For The People: Gifted By A. J. Small, N. A. K. Wallis + The Green Pathways To Keep People Connected To The Trees, Birds, Bees - For Children To Play 
Botham Beach by Barbara Davies
Bungan Beach Bush Care
Careel Bay Saltmarsh plants 
Careel Bay Birds  
Careel Bay Clean Up day
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Centre trail in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
Chiltern Track- Ingleside by Marita Macrae
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability; Bungan: Bungan Headland To Newport Beach + Bilgola: North Newport Beach To Avalon + Bangalley: Avalon Headland To Palm Beach
Duck Holes: McCarrs Creek by Joe Mills
Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Dundundra Falls Reserve: August 2020 photos by Selena Griffith - Listed in 1935
Elsie Track, Scotland Island
Elvina Track in Late Winter 2019 by Penny Gleen
Elvina Bay Walking Track: Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills 
Elvina Bay-Lovett Bay Loop Spring 2020 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Fern Creek - Ingleside Escarpment To Warriewood Walk + Some History photos by Joe Mills
Hordern Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2024 Photos of park from top to beach
Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History
Ingleside
Ingleside Wildflowers August 2013
Irrawong - Ingleside Escarpment Trail Walk Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Mullet Creek Restoration
Katandra Bushland Sanctuary - Ingleside
Lucinda Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2022 Pictures
McCarrs Creek
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Late Spring Becomes Summer 2023-2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: November 2024 by Joe Mills
Warriewood Wetlands - Creeks Deteriorating: How To Report Construction Site Breaches, Weed Infestations + The Long Campaign To Save The Warriewood Wetlands & Ingleside Escarpment March 2023
Warriewood Wetlands and Irrawong Reserve
Whale Beach Ocean Reserve: 'The Strand' - Some History On Another Great Protected Pittwater Reserve
Whale Migration Season: Grab A Seaside Pew For The Annual Whalesong But Keep Them Safe If Going Out On The Water
Wilshire Park Palm Beach: Some History + Photos From May 2022
Winji Jimmi - Water Maze

Watch out - shorebirds about

Summer is here so watch your step because beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.
Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

As Australia privatises nature repair, the cheapest approach won’t save our threatened species

Shutterstock
Penny van OosterzeeJames Cook University and Jayden EngertJames Cook University

Australia is a world-leader in species extinction and environmental decline. So great is the problem, the federal government now wants to harness money from the private sector to pay for nature repair.

Under the government’s new “nature repair market”, those who run projects to restore and protect the environment are rewarded with biodiversity credits. These credits can be sold to private buyers, such as corporations wanting to meet environmental goals.

The nature repair market is similar in many ways to Australia’s existing carbon credit scheme. So, examining the extent to which carbon projects actually protect biodiversity is important as the government sets up the nature repair market. This was the focus of our new research.

Alarmingly, we found Australia’s carbon credit scheme largely fails to protect threatened species, despite assumptions to the contrary. The findings provide cautionary lessons for the nature repair scheme.

Spotlight on the carbon credit scheme

Australia’s carbon credit scheme encourages activities that reduce carbon. They include planting trees, reducing animal grazing on vegetation, or retaining vegetation instead of cutting it down.

Project proponents earn credits for carbon reduction, which can then be sold on a carbon market.

The scheme also purports to offer “non-carbon” benefits. These include increasing biodiversity and expanding habitats for native species. Indeed, biodiversity conservation has underpinned the carbon credit scheme since it began in 2011.

But does the carbon scheme actually benefit biodiversity?

To answer this question, we overlaid the locations of carbon-reduction projects with the locations of habitat for threatened plants and animals species. We then scored the level of degradation of each habitat, and identified the processes imperilling the threatened species.

So what did we find? Threatened species most in need of habitat restoration are the least likely to have their habitat restored under the carbon credit scheme.

Projects under the scheme are primarily located in arid parts of Australia not suitable for growing crops – mostly vast cattle grazing leases. Carbon projects here involve inexpensive activities such as removing some cattle or managing weeds.

These areas support habitat for only 6% of Australia’s threatened species. In other words, vegetation loss here generally doesn’t threaten species’ survival.

In contrast, just 20% of carbon projects take place on productive agricultural land which supports nearly half of Australia’s threatened species. In these areas, property values are high and landholders can earn good money from farming. That means carbon-reduction projects are often less financially attractive than other land uses, so their number and size is limited.

So what’s the upshot? Australia’s carbon projects are concentrated in areas containing little threatened species habitat, rather than where threatened species live and most need protecting.

Government policies enable this perverse outcome, by giving preference to projects that can reduce carbon for the lowest cost. This has skewed projects towards unpopulated, relatively unproductive lands.

There’s an upside

It’s not all bad news, however. We found the carbon credit scheme may protect threatened species in some cases.

Almost one-third (or 525) of Australia’s threatened species live in habitat that overlaps with projects under the scheme.

In addition, five species whose habitat is not safeguarded in Australia’s protected areas, such as national parks, may also occur on land where carbon projects take place. A further 270 species with too-little protected habitat also overlap with the projects.

The potential for positive benefits can be seen by looking at the two regions with the largest concentration of carbon projects in Australia.

In the Murchison bioregion in Western Australia, a quarter of species rely on habitat that is not adequately protected elsewhere. In the Mulga bioregion in New South Wales and southwest Queensland, two-thirds of species rely on habitat inadequately protected elsewhere.

mulga scrub and red earth
The Mulga bioregion, one of two in Australia where the carbon credit scheme may protect threatened species. Shutterstock

Lessons for nature repair

Australia’s nature repair legislation came into effect in late 2023. It creates a framework for the nature repair market which is expected to launch early next year.

Our findings provide important lessons for this market. Most importantly, they show a lowest-cost approach to generating credits is unlikely to benefit biodiversity. It will drive projects to marginal areas that do not overlap the ranges of species threatened by habitat loss.

If nature repair investment is to prevent species extinctions, the Australian government must ensure taxpayer funds actually achieve these outcomes. The best way to do that is to speed up the progress of promised environmental law reform.

Likewise, as global conservation increasingly looks to private finance and biodiversity markets, we must ensure funds are delivered to where they are most needed.The Conversation

Penny van Oosterzee, Adjunct Associate Professor James Cook University and University Fellow Charles Darwin University, James Cook University and Jayden Engert, PhD Candidate in Applied Ecology, James Cook University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Could keeping native species as pets save them from extinction? Here’s why it’s not that simple

Captive squirrel glider. Author providedCC BY
Meg EdwardsUniversity of Southern Queensland

Humans have been turning wild animals into pets for thousands of years. Pets – animals kept for companionship, not for food or work – were widespread in ancient Egypt.

In Australia, First Nations groups favoured dingoes, a naturalised canine arriving perhaps 5,000 years ago. “Dingo” is derived from din-gu, the Dharug word for domesticated dog – wild dingoes were known as “warrigal”.

To begin with, early colonial settlers often saw native wildlife as competitors to livestock. But over time, some began keeping native animals as pets. In the early 20th century, officials began warning people not to take animals such as koalas from the wild to become pets. Over the next few decades, state and territory governments restricted the practice.

A few common native species such as budgies can be kept without a license regardless of where you live. But having a pet koala is either banned outright or heavily restricted.

In recent years, states such as South Australia have moved to liberalise native wildlife ownership laws. Could this be good for threatened species? That depends. Turning threatened species into pets may keep the species alive – but unable to survive without us.

white sugar glider on branch
White (leucistic) sugar gliders occur naturally, but the colour has been selected for in captivity to attract human owners. I Wayan Sumatika/Shutterstock

What wildlife can be kept as pets in Australia?

These days, most Australian pet owners have a dog or a cat and wouldn’t think to consider a native pet other than a budgie. Is it even legal, you might wonder. Well, it depends where you live.

In South Australia you can keep most native animals as a pet, though you might need a permit depending on the type.

Residents keep animals such as fat-tailed dunnarts, sugar gliders, rufous bettongs, and a long list of reptiles and birds – even emus. But there are rules – native pets have to be sourced from captive populations, not the wild.

In Queensland you can keep species such as black-throated finches, types of rainbowfish and crimson rosellas without a licence. A standard licence opens the door to bird-eating spiders, tree frogs, land mullet and bearded dragons.

Other states and territories list a few dozen common species which you don’t need a license to keep.

  • In the Northern Territory residents can keep species such as spinifex hopping mice without a permit.

  • In Victoria residents have to get a license for all native species bar 45 common ones such as king quail, blue-tongue lizards and spinifex hopping mice.

  • In New South Wales residents have a similar list of 41 common species and license requirements for others.

  • In Western Australia, residents can keep any invertebrate as a pet, as well as 12 bird species. A standard license opens the door to dozens of bird and reptile species.

  • Tasmania is more restrictive. Rainbow lorikeets, turtles, snakes and ferrets are banned as pets. The island state wants to avoid issues with introduced species – and even native species such as sugar gliders can do real damage once they’re introduced.

The rules can be quite different overseas. The sugar glider is largely restricted to permit-holders in Australia, but is commonly kept as a pet in the United States without restrictions. Similarly, you can buy a kangaroo as a pet in some US states.

Wild pets can be hard work

Cute, furry gliding marsupials like sugar gliders make for great social media content. But sugar gliders are nocturnal and have specialised diets. They’re not an easy pet.

Most Australian species will pose similar challenges. Special diets. Different waking hours. The need for specific types of enclosures and enrichment.

If a native pet is fed the wrong food, such as fruits high in sugar, they can quickly become overweight, ill and have dental problems.

Some species like gliders also have complex social structures which can be tricky to manage, and without suitable companions may become stressed or depressed.

Could domestication help conservation?

It’s not uncommon to hear people asking whether keeping threatened native species as pets could help bring them back from the brink.

Conservationists have long used captive breeding to boost dwindling populations and reintroducing captive-born individuals back to the wild. Not long ago, the eastern barred bandicoot was extinct in the wild in Victoria. But a sustained captive breeding and release program on fox-free islands has been remarkably successful.

But conservation projects like this are done carefully. They need strict breeding, genetic and health management, alongside significant funding and planning commitments. Some animals undergo antipredator training to give them a better chance in the wild.

Using native pets for conservation is a different story.

When animals are domesticated, their anatomy and appearance begins to change. We select pets for a range of appealing traits, resulting in a wide variety of coat colours, body shapes and temperaments. This is how we ended up with hundreds of varieties of dogs.

In Russia, foxes bred in captivity ended up with floppy ears and different coat patterns. The budgerigar is one of the world’s most popular pet birds. But captive breeding over 150 years has produced pet budgies generally larger and slower than wild individuals.

What if we had pet quolls not cats?

Conservationists have floated the idea of having pet quolls rather than pet cats. Quolls are attractive, carnivores with unique coats, similar in size to cats. But all four species of these native marsupials are under pressure.

If we bred quolls for pet shops, we would likely see them change, as our preferences change how they look and behave. Bitey or drab quolls wouldn’t get to mate. This selection process has already happened to sugar gliders – you can now buy gliders with pure white coats. That’s good for humans – but not for the species.

quolls being held
Substitute a pet quoll for a cat? It would come with risks to the health of the species. MindStorm

Within 13 captive-bred generations, the northern quoll loses its wariness and other defences against predators. Animals bred for pets would likely find it hard or impossible to survive the wild.

Making animals into pets doesn’t mean wild populations will increase. Around 5,000 tigers now live in captivity in the US, more than those remaining in the wild. But “pet” tigers are rarely reintroduced back to the wild. So wild tiger populations keep falling even while domesticated tiger numbers grow.

So yes, keeping native species as pets could safeguard against complete extinction. But it’s hard to see how owning a pet quoll or other native species would help the species overall.The Conversation

Meg Edwards, Lecturer in Wildlife Science, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

In a record-breaking drought, bush birds from around Perth flocked to the city

Western spinebill. Martin Pelanek/Shutterstock
Harry MooreThe University of Western Australia and Anna CresswellThe University of Western Australia

Perth is no stranger to hot and dry summers, but the period from October 2023 to April 2024 was exceptional. The city’s rainfall for these seven months was only 23 millimetres, the lowest since records began in the 1870s. It was also one of the warmest summers on record, with temperatures 1.7°C higher than the long-term average.

The “canary in the coalmine” is a metaphor for an early warning that something is wrong. In this case, though, it wasn’t the birds that first alerted us. Rather, we saw the drought’s impacts on our iconic and unique vegetation.

Jarrah, marri, karri and banksia trees, some as old as 100 years, began to die. The die-offs created a mosaic of brown patches across 1,000 kilometres of south-west Australia’s otherwise green forest.

The region’s ecosystems are diverse and complex. As the drought took hold, there were more subtle changes beyond the visible tree deaths. Perth has a community of avid birdwatchers who began noticing bird species rarely seen in the city, or known to be infrequent visitors.

We analysed bird observation data from the global citizen science platform, eBird, to determine which species had increased in the Perth metropolitan area at this time. We found a dramatic spike in reporting rates for four species – the black-shouldered kiteblack-tailed nativehentawny-crowned honeyeater and western spinebill. Some species were reported up to nine times more than usual.

Birds sought refuge in the city

These shifts hint at how extreme weather can push wildlife into new and unexpected spaces.

The black-shouldered kite, a nomadic bird of prey, is often found in heath and woodlands in south-western Australia, as well as in rural landscapes. The black-tailed nativehen is more commonly associated with inland wetlands but is known to appear suddenly in large numbers in new habitats and then disappear just as quickly. Honeyeaters, such as the tawny-crowned honeyeater and the western spinebill, tend to favour coastal heathlands and forests. So why were they turning up in Perth city?

We suggest it’s likely because the drought stripped their usual habitats of vital resources, particularly food and water.

The city, on the other hand, although also hot and dry at this time, had water in remnant wetlands, the Swan River, artificial lakes and ponds, and people’s gardens. These areas may also have nectar-rich plants for the honeyeaters, insect populations perhaps eaten by the black-tailed nativehen, and rodents or rabbits for the black-shouldered-kite. We think these urban environments became temporary refuges, providing a different water and food source for these birds.

A long history of bird immigration

This isn’t the first time birds have flocked to Perth during challenging environmental conditions.

Galahs, for example, were confined historically to inland areas. Early explorers such as John Gould and John Forrest noted their absence around the Swan River colony. They weren’t common in this area until after the second world war, following a series of dry years.

In many cities in Australia, cockatoos are known to take advantage of watered lawns, sports fields, parks and artificial lakes in cities. These resources have created a novel urban habitat for these birds.

This also happens in rural towns. Parrots, birds of prey and our beloved “bin chickens” (white ibis) have increased in these towns as inland rainfall declines.

The short-term movement of species such as the black-shouldered kite, western spinebill and tawny-crowned honeyeater into cities represents a new chapter in this urban immigration story. Perhaps we should expect more drought migrants as the climate crisis continues to impact their natural habitats.

On the front-line of climate change

South-west Western Australia is a global biodiversity hotspot. It is also considered one of the most climate-vulnerable regions in the world.

In Perth, annual rainfall has decreased by around 130mm (15%). That’s a drop from about 860mm to 730mm over the past 30 years (1993–2023) compared to the previous 30 years (1959–1988).

This long-term drying trend, combined with rising temperatures, puts immense pressure on the ecosystems local wildlife depends on. The drought event of 2023–24 may be a precursor of what’s to come. More research is needed to understand the movements of birds and other wildlife in response to these events.

To the relief of those watching the landscape turn brown, it started raining in May 2024. We bought ourselves a rain gauge to celebrate, and waited to see what the next months of eBird data would reveal. The data showed all four drought immigrants retreated from the city almost as quickly as they had arrived.

This movement supported the theory that these birds were using the city only as a temporary refuge during the harshest drought months.

Observations of unusual bird behaviour highlight the complex relationship between wildlife and urban environments under climate stress. While cities may offer some refuge, they are not a long-term solution for wildlife facing habitat loss. Indeed, the spread of urban areas poses its own major threats to bird communities.

As the climate crisis intensifies, integrating urban areas into conservation plans could be crucial for supporting species during extreme events. Individuals, councils and urban planners may be able to increase the quality of the refuges in cities in relatively simple ways. Planting more native vegetation and providing safe water sources for visiting wildlife would be a good start.The Conversation

Harry Moore, Adjunct Research Fellow, School of Agriculture and Environment, The University of Western Australia and Anna Cresswell, Adjunct Research Fellow, UWA Oceans Institute, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Meltwater from Greenland and the Arctic is weakening ocean circulation, speeding up warming down south

Mozgova, Shutterstock
Laurie MenvielUNSW Sydney and Gabriel PontesUNSW Sydney

A vast network of ocean currents nicknamed the “great global ocean conveyor belt” is slowing down. That’s a problem because this vital system redistributes heat around the world, influencing both temperatures and rainfall.

The Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation funnels heat northwards through the Atlantic Ocean and is crucial for controlling climate and marine ecosystems. It’s weaker now than at any other time in the past 1,000 years, and global warming could be to blame. But climate models have struggled to replicate the changes observed to date – until now.

Our modelling suggests the recent weakening of the oceanic circulation can potentially be explained if meltwater from the Greenland ice sheet and Canadian glaciers is taken into account.

Our results show the Atlantic overturning circulation is likely to become a third weaker than it was 70 years ago at 2°C of global warming. This would bring big changes to the climate and ecosystems, including faster warming in the southern hemisphere, harsher winters in Europe, and weakening of the northern hemisphere’s tropical monsoons. Our simulations also show such changes are likely to occur much sooner than others had suspected.

The Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC): what is it and why is it so important? (National Oceanography Centre)

Changes in the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation

The Atlantic ocean circulation has been monitored continuously since 2004. But a longer-term view is necessary to assess potential changes and their causes.

There are various ways to work out what was going before these measurements began. One technique is based on sediment analyses. These estimates suggest the Atlantic meridional circulation is the weakest it has been for the past millennium, and about 20% weaker since the middle of the 20th century.

Evidence suggests the Earth has already warmed 1.5ºC since the industrial revolution.

The rate of warming has been nearly four times faster over the Arctic in recent decades.

Meltwater weakens oceanic circulation patterns

High temperatures are melting Arctic sea ice, glaciers and the Greenland ice sheet.

Since 2002, Greenland lost 5,900 billion tonnes (gigatonnes) of ice. To put that into perspective, imagine if the whole state of New South Wales was covered in ice 8 metres thick.

This fresh meltwater flowing into the subarctic ocean is lighter than salty seawater. So less water descends to the ocean depths. This reduces the southward flow of deep and cold waters from the Atlantic. It also weakens the Gulf Stream, which is the main pathway of the northward return flow of warm waters at the surface.

The Gulf Stream is what gives Britain mild winters compared to other places at the same distance from the north pole such as Saint-Pierre and Miquelon in Canada.

Our new research shows meltwater from the Greenland ice sheet and Arctic glaciers in Canada is the missing piece in the climate puzzle.

When we factor this into simulations, using an Earth system model and a high-resolution ocean model, slowing of the oceanic circulation reflects reality.

Our research confirms the Atlantic overturning circulation has been slowing down since the middle of the 20th century. It also offers a glimpse of the future.

Simplified schematic of the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation in the North Atlantic
As they travel northwards, the Gulf Stream and North Atlantic Current cool as they lose heat to the atmosphere. The waters then become dense enough to sink to depth and form North Atlantic deep water, which travels southward at depth and feeds the other ocean basins. Modified from Nature Reviews Earth & Environment (2020)

Connectivity in the Atlantic Ocean

Our new research also shows the North and South Atlantic oceans are more connected than previously thought.

The weakening of the overturning circulation over the past few decades has obscured the warming effect in the North Atlantic, leading to what’s been termed a “warming hole”.

When oceanic circulation is strong, there is a large transfer of heat to the North Atlantic. But weakening of the oceanic circulation means the surface of the ocean south of Greenland has warmed much less than the rest.

Reduced heat and salt transfer to the North Atlantic has meant more heat and salt accumulated in the South Atlantic. As a result, the temperature and salinity in the South Atlantic increased faster.

Our simulations show changes in the far North Atlantic are felt in the South Atlantic Ocean in less than two decades. This provides new observational evidence of the past century slow-down of the Atlantic overturning circulation.

Infographic showing how the North Atlantic is connected to the South Atlantic by the overturning circulation
The addition of meltwater in the North Atlantic leads to localised cooling in the subpolar North Atlantic and warming in the South Atlantic. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41561-024-01568-1

What does the future hold?

The latest climate projections suggest the Atlantic overturning circulation will weaken by about 30% by 2060. But these estimates do not take into account the meltwater that runs into the subarctic ocean.

The Greenland ice sheet will continue melting over the coming century, possibly raising global sea level by about 10 cm. If this additional meltwater is included in climate projections, the overturning circulation will weaken faster. It could be 30% weaker by 2040. That’s 20 years earlier than initially projected.

Such a rapid decrease in the overturning circulation over coming decades will disrupt climate and ecosystems. Expect harsher winters in Europe, and drier conditions in the northern tropics. The southern hemisphere, including Australia and southern South America, may face warmer and wetter summers.

Our climate has changed dramatically over the past 20 years. More rapid melting of the ice sheets will accelerate further disruption of the climate system.

This means we have even less time to stabilise the climate. So it is imperative that humanity acts to reduce emissions as fast as possible.The Conversation

Laurie Menviel, Post-doctoral Research Fellow, Climate Change Research Centre, UNSW Sydney and Gabriel Pontes, Post-doctoral Research Fellow, Climate Change Research Centre, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How our regions can help make Australia’s growing cities more sustainable

FiledIMAGE/Shutterstock
Peter NewtonSwinburne University of TechnologyJames WhittenMonash UniversityMagnus MogliaSwinburne University of Technology, and Stephen GlackinSwinburne University of Technology

The way we organise our cities and regions creates problems everywhere. We’re facing difficult and polluting drives to work, a lack of affordable housing, and urban designs that lead to car dependency and are bad for our health.

For example, poor levels of walkability are associated with higher rates of obesity, hypertension and cardiovascular disease. Parks and greenery are associated with better mental and cognitive health.

Australian cities sprawl. Many suburbs are hard to get to by public transport or cycling and walking.

Our sprawling cities use a lot of land per person. Their resource use and carbon footprints are massive. They also produce huge amounts of waste.

To resolve such issues, government planners should think beyond our capital cities. Australia needs to develop strategies that connect these capitals with surrounding regional cities to create “megacity regions”.

It’s a settlement model that could work better than our big cities do now, making urban growth more sustainable. The emergence of hybrid work, fast internet and high-speed rail favours this form of settlement.

What are megacity regions?

A megacity region, according to the OECD, is a network of urban areas linked to a capital city by home-to-work commuting. Megacity regions connect these urban centres more efficiently to make them more sustainable and productive.

An early example is the Bos-Wash corridor (including Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington DC) in North America that emerged around the mid-20th century. Megacity regions are now common across Europe (for example, Germany’s Rhine-Ruhr region including Dortmund, Essen, Duesseldorf and Cologne, and the Netherlands’ Randstad region including Amsterdam, The Hague, Rotterdam and Utrecht). The Taiheiyō Belt in Japan (including Tokyo, Nagoya, Osaka, Hiroshima and Fukuoka) is one of many Asian examples.

How ready is Australia for megacity regions?

The 2019 CSIRO Australian National Outlook explored the question “What will Australia be like economically, socially and environmentally in 2060?” Its modelling showed “stronger regions” created major benefits across transport, health, education, jobs and housing. One scenario involved 16 million people living in regional Australia by 2060, with 10 million in regional cities.

CSIRO concluded that “investing in the growth of regional satellite cities with strong connectivity to those capitals” creates many opportunities. This growth would benefit the regions while easing pressures on the capitals.

CSIRO scenario modelling of Australia’s future development highlighted the opportunities stronger regions would create.

In recent years, the New South Wales government has developed ideas for Sydney to grow into a Six Cities Region from Newcastle to Wollongong.

The Committee for Melbourne has called for an Australian East Coast Megaregion to boost economic growth and attract foreign investment.

In 2023, the Victorian government indicated a statewide strategy, Plan Victoria, would replace Plan Melbourne.

However, without robust regionalisation policies, Melbourne and Sydney are likely to become sprawling megacities of ten million people or more this century. This will add to the strain on transport, infrastructure and housing.

What makes change possible?

Cities and their central business districts are important for their agglomeration effects – the accumulated benefits of concentrated social and economic activity. But this also often leads to social, economic and environmental problems.

Integrating regional cities into the economic life of their capital cities can reduce some of these problems. It can also produce many benefits, including new and more efficient industries, enhanced communication networks and stronger labour markets.

Settlement systems have evolved throughout history. Walking cities became rail-oriented cities, which became car-based cities. All these models in their day supported a daily return commute averaging one hour (Marchetti’s constant).

Our research explores how new technologies and work practices can enable a fourth transition to the megacity region. The drivers of this change include ubiquitous fast internet, hybrid work and high-speed rail.

Ubiquitous fast internet

NBN broadband data from 2012 to 2021 showed little difference between Melbourne and Victorian regional cities in the uptake of typical residential internet connections. There was a major difference for higher-speed business connections.

Major capital cities continue to act as engines of bandwidth-hungry, information economy industries in Australia. They have more high-skilled workers and higher uptake of fast internet.

Overall, the data reflected that regional cities in Victoria mostly house “population-serving” rather than “producer-services” industries. Fast internet can open up job opportunities, but is not by itself enough to decentralise knowledge industries.

Hybrid work

Working both from home and in the office has become established since COVID. Hybrid work improves sustainability, mostly by reducing car use and road congestion.

Today, only 18% of Australian knowledge workers work “only in the office”.

Not having to go into work every day means knowledge workers can live further from their workplace. This changes the employment landscape in regional centres. Many information economy jobs can be done in non-metropolitan locations where housing costs less.

High-speed rail

Fast rail systems have long been debated in Australia, with various options proposed.

Victoria introduced “faster” regional rail in 2005-06. The populations of urban centres served by these lines have since grown faster than “off-line” ones.

The gap in job growth rates between on-line and off-line centres was greater for producer services than people-serving jobs. The latter are tied more closely to demand from local residents.

Designated growth areas on the outer fringes of Melbourne had much higher population and employment growth rates, indicating that current transport polices have supported urban sprawl. High-speed rail can help urban growth to “leap over” outer suburbs to the regional cities.

What could high-speed rail lead to? In England, the advent of high-speed rail (speeds of more than 200km/hr) resulted in notably higher population growth in on‑line local area districts compared to off-line. The on-line districts, across the board, experienced a stronger shift towards information and knowledge-based industries than off-line ones. Some even outperformed outer metropolitan London districts.

Why is this important now?

Both federal and Victorian governments are preparing strategic plans to guide long-term urban development. Both have issued discussion documents for public feedback.

These documents are long on planning principles but short on mission-scale programs capable of transformative change. This sort of change is now the focus of long-term planning internationally. Land-use planning of megacity regions needs to feature strongly in Australian urbanisation plans too.

We have a once-in-a-generation opportunity to achieve urban development at a scale and in a form that can transform Australia’s settlement system.The Conversation

Peter Newton, Emeritus Professor in Sustainable Urbanism, Centre for Urban Transitions, Swinburne University of TechnologyJames Whitten, Research Fellow, Department of Architecture, Monash UniversityMagnus Moglia, Associate Professor in Sustainability Science, Swinburne University of Technology, and Stephen Glackin, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Urban Transitions, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Odes to Australia's Fairy-wrens by Douglas Brooke Wheelton Sladen and Constance Le Plastrier 1884 and 1926

Oystercatcher and Dollarbird Families - Summer visitors

Pacific Black Duck Bath

Painted Button-Quail Rescued By Locals - Elanora-Ingleside escarpment-Warriewood wetlands birds

Palm Beach Protection Group Launch, Supporters InvitedSaturday Feb.16th - Residents Are Saying 'NO' To Off-Leash Dogs In Station Beach Eco-System - reports over 50 dogs a day on Station Beach throughout December-January (a No Dogs Beach) small children being jumped on, Native birds chased, dog faeces being left, families with toddlers leaving beach to get away from uncontrolled dogs and 'Failure of Process' in council 'consultation' open to February 28th 

Pardalote, Scrub Wren and a Thornbill of Pittwater

Pecking Order by Robyn McWilliam

Pelican Lamps at Narrabeen  Pelican Dreamsong - A Legend of the Great Flood - dreamtime legend for children

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth – For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve

October 28 - November 30, 2024:  Week Three

 

Ruskin Rowe Tree Vigil Update: November 2024

On November 14, 2024 a resident of Ruskin Rowe advised the news service they had again received a Notice form Council for the removal of two trees.

In June this year Council tried to remove this tree and others from Ruskin Rowe. Local resistance supported by submissions from experienced arborists saved this and one other large canopy tree from the executioners chainsaw. 

''However, now Council intend to complete their mission and remove this majestic gum, the canopy and every other environmental benefit that such a mature tree provides. '' one RR resident said this week.

NCC: NSW must strengthen Biodiversity Offset laws as threatened species list grows: 48 uplisted in 2024

November 15, 2024

The Nature Conservation Council of New South Wales (NCC), the state’s leading environmental advocacy organisation, says the addition or uplisting of 48 species to the NSW threatened species list so far this year highlights the need for strong reforms to the NSW Biodiversity Offsets Scheme (BOS).  

The long-nosed potoroo, Curlew sandpiper, Gang-gang cockatoo and Large-eared pied bat are among the species added or uplisted this year.   

The NSW Government has introduced legislation to amend the Biodiversity Offsets Scheme (BOS), which is expected to be debated next week. The BOS is heavily relied on in NSW’s biodiversity policy framework, however without clear protection for even the most at risk species and ecological communities, it is contributing to ongoing biodiversity decline and extinctions.  

As recently as October, financial units that represent the Gang-gang and its habitat were being actively traded on the BOS. This means that six months after its uplifting to endangered status, the BOS facilitated the net loss of Gang-gang cockatoo habitat to the tune of nearly $34,000 through the scheme. The Gang-Gang’s key threatening processes include loss and degradation of breeding and foraging habitat from rural and urban development.[i]  

Similarly, $2.7 million has changed hands from a developer through the BOS to facilitate the net loss of the endangered Large-eared Pied Bat’s habitat over the last 12 months. The Large-eared Pied Bat’s main threats are clearing and isolation of forest and woodland habitats, and loss of foraging habitat.[ii ] 

Large-eared Pied Bat (Chalinolobus dwyeri). Photo: Doug Beckers

Large-eared Pied Bats roost in caves, mines and unused bird nests. Image: "Chalinolobus dwyeri" by Michael Pennay is licensed under CC BY-NC-ND 2.0

Gang-gang Cockatoo (Callocephalon fimbriatum) male. Photo: J J Harrison

Gang-gang female. Photo: Martyman

The clearing of habitat, alongside invasive species and climate change are the key overarching threats to biodiversity in NSW.  

NCC CEO Jacqui Mumford said in Friday: 

“As the list of species moving towards extension continues to grow longer, we call on all sides of Parliament to work together and negotiate strong amendments to the Bill and make sure we give nature a fighting chance.”  

“Reform of the BOS is long overdue, however, the Bill as it stands falls short of what is needed, failing to address the fundamental flaws identified by multiple independent inquiries.”  

“The use of offsetting has always been a risky exercise, increasingly magnified as a species moves towards endangered status.   

Offsetting was supposed to be a last resort, but it has instead become the norm that a development can pay to destroy habitat. This is enabling extinction.”   

In order for the scheme to have integrity; and for species like the Large-eared Pied Bat and the Gang Gang to have a fighting chance. The NCC states it recommends: 

  • offsets must be ‘like-for-like’  
  • indirect offsets and payments into the fund must be phased out  
  • loopholes for ‘Part 5 development’ must be closed  
  • and the destruction of irreplaceable, high conservation value land must not be permitted under the scheme. 

APPENDIX 1 – List of new or uplisted threatened species by the NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee, 2024 to date, as at 13 Nov 2024. 

V= Vulnerable; E= Endangered; CE=Critically Endangered. 

Source: NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee final determinations 

i See www.seed.nsw.gov.au/biodiversity-credits-market-sales-dashboard for trade details and threatenedspecies.bionet.nsw.gov.au/profile?id=10975 for threats 

ii https://threatenedspecies.bionet.nsw.gov.au/profile?id=10157

Pultenaea baeuerlenii, commonly known as Budawangs bush-pea. Photo: Murray Fagg 

Curlew Sandpiper (Calidris ferruginea). Photo: J J Harrison

Long-nosed Potoroo (Potorous tridactylus). Photo: Peripitus 

NSW Government Approves HumeLink transmission link

Transgrid’s massive HumeLink transmission line, which will boost the connection to the Snowy Hydro 2.0 pumped hydro project in southern New South Wales, has been cleared for development by the State Labor government.

The NSW government approval, announced on Thursday November 14, means that a federal green tick remains the only regulatory hurdle in the way of the now $4.8 billion project, which will connect Wagga Wagga, Bannaby and Maragle.

The Australian Energy Regulator (AER) approved funding of $4.57 billion for the HumeLink project in August 2024.

NSW planning minister Paul Scully said the 365km “new spine” is one of the biggest transmission projects to be approved in the state’s history and will provide an additional 2,200 megawatts of on-demand energy, while also unlocking the full benefits of Snowy 2.0.

However, with size, comes controversy, including around the huge costs for HumeLink, which have blown out considerably from initial estimates of $1.3 billion.

In August, the Australian Energy Regulator signed off on a $3,964.8 million bill for Stage 2 of HumeLink, adding to the the $608.6 million previously approved for the first initial stages of the project.

AER chair Clare Savage said then the AER had undertaken a rigorous assessment of proposed costs to the project to ensure consumers paid no more than necessary for its delivery. Costs passed on to NSW households are expected to amount to $21 a year over the coming three years.

The visual and environmental impact of the new transmission line and its path through regional communities have also been the subject of much opposition, alongside problems securing landowner approval along the proposed route.

Mr. Scully said the Department of Planning, Housing and Infrastructure (DPHI) carefully assessed the proposal, to make sure that Transgrid had responded to the range of issues raised in public submissions.

The Minister said his approval of HumeLink is subject to “strict conditions,” including to limit impacts on biodiversity, minimise clearing, and to run the majority of the new transmission lines within existing transmission line corridors.

“This Critical State Significant Infrastructure project will enable more renewable energy generation to enter the market supporting NSW’s emissions reduction targets,” Mr. Scully said.

“HumeLink is an important investment in NSW’s energy capability, increasing the amount of renewable energy that can be delivered to consumers and helping the state move towards a net zero future.''

The government stated this transmission infrastructure is critical to NSW Labor’s Energy Plan to deliver cleaner, more affordable energy to the grid while creating thousands of jobs and boosting regional economies.

The Department of Planning, Housing and Infrastructure (DPHI), with advice from the relevant agencies, carefully assessed the proposal, making sure the proponent Transgrid responded to the range of issues raised in public submissions. Among the conditions of approval are:

  • Visual Impact – The proponent is required to work with specific landowners to implement appropriate visual impact mitigation measures, such as landscaping or vegetation screening.
  • Biodiversity –
    • DPHI has included strict conditions to limit impacts on biodiversity and to minimise clearing as part of the project’s detailed design. They must also develop a Biodiversity Management Plan prior to carrying out any development.
    • The proponent is required to offset the biodiversity impacts of the project and must develop a Biodiversity Offset Package in consultation with the Biodiversity, Conservation and Science Directorate and the Biodiversity Conservation Trust prior to carrying out any development that could impact biodiversity values. In addition, the proponent is required to provide a $502.3 million bank guarantee as a security to make sure offsets are implemented.
  • Transport – The proponent is required to undertake all necessary road upgrades to the satisfaction of the relevant road authority. It will be required to monitor the impact to local roads throughout construction, repair any damage resulting from construction traffic, and prepare a traffic management plan.
  • Rehabilitation – The proponent is required to progressively rehabilitate the project, including removing construction infrastructure, facilitate regeneration and restoring rural land capability.
  • Bushfire – The proponent is required to comply with the Rural Fire Service Planning for Bushfire Protection 2019 and relevant Australian Standards and must also prepare an emergency plan.
  • Hours of operation – Standard construction hours will apply to the project, with set exceptions for specific activities. The proponent is required to develop a protocol for out of hours work.
  • Noise – The proponent is required to implement noise mitigation measures during construction and prepare a noise management plan. This plan may include the timing of activities, use of equipment and consultation with impacted residents before undertaking louder work. The proponent is also required to verify any operational noise.
  • Undergrounding – following two parliamentary inquiries into the feasibility of undergrounding transmission infrastructure for renewable energy projects, it was found that undergrounding would be significantly more expensive than what current regulatory frameworks allow for consumers to pay in transmission project costs. As a result, the project has been designed to reduce potential impacts as much as possible. This will be achieved by locating the majority of the new transmission lines within the existing transmission line corridors.

Transgrid welcomed the NSW Government’s planning approval.

CEO Brett Redman said “We welcome the determination by the NSW Minister for Planning and Public Spaces. This a significant milestone and we now await the Commonwealth environmental approval before Transgrid’s Board considers its Final Investment Decision (FID).

“HumeLink represents a key component of the National Electricity Market (NEM) which supplies energy to millions of Australians. By reinforcing the southern grid, the project will connect at Wagga Wagga with EnergyConnect and form the energy superhighway needed to help bring cheaper, cleaner renewable energy online from south-west NSW.

“This reshaping of the NEM will benefit electricity consumers by providing a secure, sustainable and more affordable supply, which is expected to put downward pressure on bills in the long term.

Th proponents stated the project will provide 1800 jobs (including 1600 construction roles) and supplier opportunities at the regional and national level.

Late last year, Transgrid awarded $2.9 billion in construction contracts to Acciona and GenusPlus Group Ltd (JV) for the HumeLink East package and to UGL CPB Contractors (JV) for the HumeLink West package.

Pending Commonwealth approval and FID, detailed design, investigations, procurement and project mobilisation can commence this year, with main construction works expected to commence in early 2025.

The project is expected to be completed around 2027.

For more information visit the project webpage here

New Planning Framework to support NSW’s clean energy future Announced

November 12 2024

The Minns Labor Government has announced it has developed a new Renewable Energy Planning Framework to promote faster planning decisions, provide investment certainty for industry and host communities, and boost economic benefits for regional communities.

The Framework includes a suite of guidelines and tools that will play an important role in supporting the NSW Government’s legislated Electricity Infrastructure Roadmap and emissions reduction targets.

While there is broad support for renewable energy across the state, there have increasingly been calls from local communities for greater certainty and transparency from Government on how renewable projects will be assessed and managed over their lifecycle.

In response to these calls and the recommendations of the Electricity Supply and Reliability Check Up, the new Renewable Energy Planning Framework includes five new and updated guidelines:

  • Wind Energy Guidelines – provides advice on planning considerations relevant to wind energy development, including visual impacts, site selection and decommissioning.
  • Transmission Guidelines – addresses route selection, community consultation expectations and visual impact assessment.
  • Solar Energy Guidelines – revisions to the existing guideline to provide additional advice on decommissioning and incorporate other aspects of the Framework.
  • Benefit Sharing Guidelines – encourages equitable and sustainable distribution of benefits to local communities.
  • Private Agreement Guidelines – advises landholders and renewable energy developers on key considerations when negotiating commercial agreements for hosting renewable energy projects.

The Framework introduces setbacks to avoid significant visual impacts from wind energy and transmission infrastructure, updates requirements for assessing hypothetical dwellings and establishes the Government’s expectations for how benefits from renewable energy projects will flow directly to regions. This is expected to generate over $400 million to support community and local government initiatives.

The Framework is an important step in the Government’s plan to deliver clean, affordable energy to the grid, reduce emissions, create thousands of jobs and boost regional economies by driving down pressure on electricity prices, it was stated in the release.

In addition to the Framework and supporting guidelines, the NSW Government has released the Renewable Energy Transition Update to summarise progress on Government actions to deliver a clean, affordable and reliable energy system.

Planning approvals are an important step toward NSW reaching these goals. Since forming Government, the ew Labor Government has approved 29 renewable energy and transmission projects. These approvals will deliver 5.7 GW of new energy generation and 6.3 GW (or 15.4 GWh) of storage.

In that same time, the Government has also granted planning approval for the Central West Orana Renewable Energy Zone (REZ) transmission project and declared six renewable energy projects Critical State Significant Infrastructure (CSSI).

The NSW Government is committed to taking further action to manage the impacts of the transition in order to support host communities while enabling and incentivising development in NSW. This includes:

  • Investigating further opportunities to fast-track assessments. This includes evaluating impacts and issues at a strategic level, so they do not need to be interrogated on a project-by-project basis.
  • Addressing cumulative impacts in REZs such as traffic and transport, housing and workforce accommodation, social infrastructure and services, water security and waste management.
  • Engaging and supporting communities by expanding the role of the Energy and Water Ombudsman NSW to provide independent ombudsman services for new transmission and renewable energy infrastructure projects.

The new Framework was developed based on extensive consultation with stakeholders, including industry and local communities. It incorporates feedback received through the public exhibition period from 14 November 2023 to 29 January 2024.

For more information visit Renewable energy | Planning

Minister for Climate Change and Energy Penny Sharpe said:

“NSW is leading a once-in-a-generation upgrade of the electricity network, building the infrastructure we need to keep the lights on and put downward pressure on prices. We are working across government to reduce barriers to investment and deliver lasting benefits to regional communities.

“Having a clear, transparent planning system will pave the way for a reliable and clean energy system.”

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“It’s vital the planning system actively supports the energy transition and delivers timely approvals on development applications.

“Greater certainty and transparency over renewable energy assessment processes means more renewables faster, cheaper electricity bills and more jobs. It also means communities and industry know what to expect of the planning system.

“It is critical that we continue to work collaboratively with communities and industry to minimise impacts, develop effective solutions where challenges exist and provide support where it’s needed, which is why the addition of a Benefit Sharing Guideline is so important.”

Birds at Our Window: Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Usually seen in our yard during Winter when the Pittwater spotted gums are flowering, a pair of Scaly-breasted Lorikeets (Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus) visited this week. They join the pair of magpies nesting in the Norfolk pine, a pair of Corellas nesting in the hollow of a spotted gum in the front yard, a currawong pair and the figbirds have returned again too.

The common name describes this bird's yellow breast feathers broadly edged with green that look like scales.

The scaly-breasted lorikeet is about 23 cm (9.1 in) long. The crown and sides of head are emerald-green slightly tinged with blue, while the feathers of the back of the neck and throat and breast are yellow, broadly edged with green, giving scaly appearance. The tail is green with the base of the outer tail-feathers marked with orange-red. The lower flanks, thighs and undertail-coverts green are strongly marked with yellow, while the underwing-coverts are orange-red. They have orange-red eyes, and their bills (beaks) are dark coral-red. Their legs are generally grey-brown.

Male and female are similar in external appearance. Juveniles appear similar to adults, but their tails are shorter. Eyes are pale brown or black, and bills are brown with some yellow markings or orange with brown markings.

This lorikeet is common in most timbered areas of Eastern Australia from Bamaga, the tip of North Queensland, south to Illawarra district on the New South Wales south coast; also on some offshore islands. They are generally confined to coastal plains and adjacent tablelands; occasionally found along watercourses west of the Great Dividing Range. They favour open, lightly timbered areas and melaleuca thickets.

Scaly-breasted lorikeets have similar habits to the related rainbow lorikeet, and the two species often group together in mixed flocks. Both species feed mainly on nectar, such as that from the broad-leaved paperbark (Melaleuca quinquenervia), and pollen, but they also eat blossoms, berries, other fruit, and insects and their larvae.

Breeding occurs in all months except March and April though usually August–January in the southern part of its range. These birds nest in hollow trees, usually high above the ground, with a layer of wood dust serving as a mattress at the bottom. They usually lay two eggs, rarely three; they are white, oval, and about 26 x 20 mm. Incubation lasts about 25 days. Males spend time in the nest hollow, but apparently do not share in the incubation. Both parents feed the young, which leave the nest six to eight weeks after hatching.

Scaly-breasted lorikeets are extremely noisy birds and attract attention by their screeching and chattering. The contact call of these birds is a metallic, rolling, continuous screech in flight. They have a shrill chatter when feeding. While resting, they have a soft, gentle twitter. Although, these birds can be quite noisy as mating season draws nearer, they most often make loud tweets/squawks when looking for their food.

Information: BirdLife Australia, Museums Australia and Wikipedia. Pics: AJG/PON

Helping map Monaro koala populations

November 13, 2024

The NSW Government has stated it is collaborating with landholders across the Monaro to expand the reach of its innovative koala monitoring project.

The citizen science project, known as ''Koala Karaoke'' equips landholders with audio monitors to record the distinctive bellows of male koalas, which are used to attract females and deter rival males.

These recordings are then analysed to help map, understand and protect local koala populations and their habitat.

Following successful surveys in the Southern Tablelands Area of Regional Koala Significance (ARKS) and Avonside areas, the project is looking to work with landholders across the greater Monaro, to gain a further understanding of the local koala population.

Landholders in places such as Michelago, Bredbo, Burra and as far south as Nimmitabel are encouraged to join the program and take part in upcoming surveys by registering their interest online.

The Koala Karaoke project is run by South East Local Land Services in conjunction with the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water. This project is also funded from the Australian Government’s Saving Koalas Fund.

Since its inception in 2021, the Koala Karaoke project has seen more than 130 people deploy some 200 audio recorders on private properties and within National Park reserves.

Surveys over the past three years have covered approximately 700,000 hectares across the ARKS and surrounding areas.

The region wide survey results from 2022 found koala presence within the ARKS was detected on 72% of the recorders.

Outside the ARKS, koalas were detected on 6% of sites, indicating koalas continue to occupy areas across the Monaro and Southern Tablelands.

The Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development Forest Science team also collaborated on the project by using in-house AI to detect koala bellows from the thousands of hours of sound recordings.

Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

“Koala Karaoke is a great opportunity for landholders and government to work together to help better understand local koala populations.

“I’m encouraging landholders across the greater Monaro to register their interest in this innovative project and help play their part.

“With previous surveys showing us there are high detection rates of koalas on private properties, it highlights the key role landholders play in helping protect this iconic species.

“The NSW Government is committed to supporting landholders in managing and enhancing koala habitat, and mapping projects like this are crucial to understanding local populations and guiding future investments.“

Member for Monaro, Steve Whan said:

“Over my years talking to landowners in our area, I have observed a change in attitude with many now keen to find out if they have koalas on their land.  That seems to be resulting in more sightings and, with this program, a much better appreciation of where they are and what management is needed to ensure they thrive.

“It is also very clear that Koalas and working farms can coexist and that is an important message.

“This is a terrific program which goes hand in hand with some good work already from our local communities and agencies. 

Koalas are some of the world’s most iconic animal species. I’m pleased to see the NSW Government’s commitment to ensuring we have the most up to date information and data on their population in our region.''

Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Grants now open: Closes November 22 

The Crown Reserves Improvement Fund (CRIF) supports Crown land managers (CLMs) by providing funding for repairs, maintenance and improvements on Crown reserves. The funding aims to benefit the community, boost our economy and contribute to the cultural, sporting and recreational life of NSW.

The CRIF is a self-sustaining program that is supported by income generated from interest income on loans, leases and licences on Crown land, and levies from the operation of coastal Crown caravan parks.

The 2024-25 funding round will offer around $10m in grants to the highest priority projects. Priority is given to those applications that best address the assessment criteria and meet all eligibility criteria as detailed in the guidelines link below. Note that there will be no loans offered in this year’s funding round.

Though the 2024-25 annual funding round is for general, pest and weed projects, please note that this year’s general project grant round is targeting highly utilised reserves with projects that will have a significant community impact.

As many reserves will not be able to prepare a competitive general grant application for this funding round, further CRIF funds have been reserved and will be made available as strategic emergency grants to address urgent issues. Further information on strategic emergency grants will be published on this webpage when they are finalised.

The funding round will be open to all project types as follows:
  • General projects - showgrounds (on Crown land), caravan parks, state parks, local parks and other Crown reserves – please note freehold showgrounds and Commons are not eligible this year.
  • Pest projects - works on Crown reserves only.
  • Weed projects - works on Crown reserves only.
Key dates
  • Friday, 22 November 2024; Applications close 4.59pm AEST sharp
  • November to April; Eligibility, assessment and approval process
  • May 2025; Announcement of successful projects
  • May 2025 – June 2025; Outcome advice sent out with funding deeds. Grant acceptances and payment processing



2024-25 CRIF guidance documentation:
  • The CRIF Guidelines outline the application process and the program objectives. It is essential that you read the Guidelines before submitting an application.
  • Refer to Frequently Asked Questions for responses to questions you may have about this year's funding round.
  • You must agree to the terms and conditions of the CRIF before applying.
  • Funded projects must be completed within 12 months of receiving the funding.
  • CLMs must submit a final report within two months of the project’s completion. Download the latest report template.
  • Non-council CLMs (excluding Commons) must have submitted their 2023-24 Annual Report to the department by the round closing date via the Reserve manager portal.
  • The Procurement Guidelines provide information on acceptable procurement practices when spending public money.
  • Acknowledgement of NSW Government funding is a condition of the funding. Refer to the NSW Government Funding Acknowledgement Guidelines to help you decide the best acknowledgement for your project.
Guidance documentation available at: https://reservemanager.crownland.nsw.gov.au/funding/crif

NSW Parliamentary Inquiry into the management of cat populations in New South Wales: open for submissions until November 22

TERMS OF REFERENCE
That the Animal Welfare Committee inquire into and report on the management of cat populations in New South Wales, and in particular:

(a) the impact of cats on threatened native animals in metropolitan and regional settings
(b) the effectiveness of cat containment policies including potential barriers
(c) welfare outcomes for cats under contained conditions
(d) the effectiveness of community education programs and responsible pet ownership initiatives
(e) implications for local councils in implementing and enforcing cat containment policies
(f) the effectiveness and benefits to implementing large scale cat desexing programs
(g) the impact of potential cat containment measures on the pound system
(h) the outcomes of similar policies on cat containment in other Australian states or territories
(i) options for reducing the feral cat population
(j) any other related matters.

Submissions accepted until November 22, 2024

Garigal National Park: ‘1080 pest management’

Applies until Sat 01 Feb 2025, 2.12am. 
NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPEs) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluroacetate) for the control of foxes. 

The program is continuous and ongoing between 1 August 2024 and 31 January 2025 in Garigal National Park. Don’t touch baits or ejector devices. Penalties apply for non-compliance.
All baiting locations are identifiable by signs.

Domestic pets are not permitted in NSW national parks and reserves. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

Fox baiting in these reserves is aimed at reducing their impact on threatened species.

For more information, contact the local park office on: Forestville 9451 3479 (business hours)
NPWS after-hours call centre: 1300 056 294 (after hours)

Invitation to NBCAN Picnic and Soapbox Sunday 17 November

What: NBCAN Soapbox
Where: Coastal Environment Centre, Lake Park Rd, North Narrabeen
When: 1-3:30pm Sunday 17 November 2024
 
This event is for everyone. We all are affected by the climate crisis; witness the latest catastrophic floods in the Spanish city of Valencia. Nowhere is safe. This is a great networking opportunity for our community.
 
Bring along a picnic lunch, and your topic which you'd like to present to our community. You'll have two minutes to address the audience, with a trial special "VIP" exception for our elected officials, who will have a five minute time limit - RSVP if you'd like your VIP 5 minute slot. We'll try and fit everyone in.
 
Just put your name on the list, on a first come first served basis, and your turn to speak will come. Joy Nason will be our official timekeeper, as is past practice.
 
If you don't want to speak, but just listen, that is also fine.
 
We plan to have our picnic on the grass, using the CEC verandah as the lectern.  if it rains, we will be inside.
 
We hope to see you there,
Regards,
Tim Maguire
Chris Black
Co-convenors Northern Beaches Climate Action Network (NBCAN)

The Koalas: Film Screening at Collaroy - Nov. 17

Last chance to view the Koalas film on the Northern Beaches with a great line up of speakers for the Q&A. Pittwater newly elected Independent Member of the NSW Legislative Council Jacqui Scruby will be there on the Q&A panel. 

Go along to show your support for protecting forests and protecting koalas and for learning so much more about these disappearing marsupials. Get your ticket from the link in our bio: https://www.unitedcinemas.com.au/collaroy/movie/the-koalas

Animal Justice Party Northern Beaches Regional Group

Introduction to Permaculture Course

Saturday, 23 November 2024 to Sunday, 24 November 2024 - 09:00 am to 04:30 pm
This course is a weekend well spent, to take your sustainability knowledge to a whole new level. Renowned sustainability practitioner, Michelle Sheather provides an overview of all aspects of sustainable living, empowering you to incorporate these learnings into your everyday life.

Elle is an international ecologist and permaculture teacher who has implemented training initiatives around the world, working across 6 continents and in many cases helping preserve rare ecosystems. She is also a member of the Permaculture Northern Beaches committee.

The Introduction to Permaculture course introduces the Ethics and Principles of Permaculture Design.

You will learn about:
  • Organic gardening – including growing from seed, companion planting, crop rotation, chemical free pest control and growing within the Sydney climate
  • Sustainable housing – including alternative energy sources such as solar, water saving techniques, ecological design principles and concepts
  • Soil – Including soil composition, optimum soil PH, key nutrients, and soil health
  • Site analysis for your garden/site – Let the educators provide you with the tools for you to design the ultimate permaculture inspired setup to maximise techniques and make them work for your lifestyle
  • Permaculture design – Permaculture design is essentially a multi-faceted, integrated and ecologically harmonious method of designing human-centred landscapes. Learn the basics of this in-depth subject including permaculture design principles.
  • Social permaculture – Learn how to incorporate permaculture into your daily living.
  • Zoning– Learn about the 6 zones of permaculture that denote how much attention each area requires. These can also be adapted on a micro-scale to your own home and garden environment.
The venue is the Coastal Environment Centre (CEC) at North Narrabeen, and a site visit will be made to the wonderful North Curl Curl Community Garden to see permaculture in practice! Practical activities and site visits include:

  • Native bee hives
  • Raised planting bed
  • Food forest
  • Worm farms, composting, and more!
Swim and visit to Narrabeen beach and rock pool with tips for seaside foraging at the end of the day.
Each day will run from 9am - 4:30pm with workshops and small group sessions in this amazing environment.

Course Cost:
PNB Members $370
Non-members of PNB $390
Students $370
*plus booking fee

Participants are to bring along:
  • A hat and closed comfortable shoes
  • Bottle of water
  • Pen & notebook
  • A small plate of food to share at lunch both days
  • (Teas, coffee, and light snacks will be provided)
Participants will take home:
  • As part of your course fee you will receive your own copy of Bill Mollison’s book “Introduction to Permaculture” - generally regarded as the Introduction to Permaculture bible!
An Introduction to Permaculture certificate, recognised worldwide and a stepping stone to Permaculture Design and other Courses.
Spaces are limited for this short course.

Pricing: Visit the Permaculture Northern Beaches website "What's On" page or this booking link: Book online



ARTHURIAN AVALON
Excalibur - A darker telling of the Arthurian legend by director John Boorman, featuring Helen Mirren among others.
1981 (M) 2 hours 20 min. At ; Avalon Cinema. 8pm Saturday 30/11.

Sword in the Stone - Disney’s classic version of the origins of King Arthur.
1963 (G) 1 hour 19 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 2pm Sunday 1/12. 

LOCAL HEROES
The Restraint - The reimagined re-release of a dark thriller by local director Dave Denneen.
2024 (R) 1 hour 34 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 7pm Friday 29/11.

Penguin Bloom - The inspiring story of a local family – and a magpie.
2020 (PG) 1 hour 35 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 2pm Saturday 30/11.

Rachel’s Farm - Rachel Ward left Avalon for greener pastures, literally, and then she set about improving the soil. The world will be a better place when big agriculture sees it.
2023 (PG) 1 hour 28 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 4pm Saturday 30/11.

Beneath Hill 60 - A story of heroism on the Western Front, starring Brendan Cowell, produced by local Bill Leimbach.
2010 (M) 2 hours. At; Avalon Cinema. 6pm Saturday 30/11.

Candy - Neil Armfield and Margaret Pomeranz discuss the challenges of adapting for screen with Neil’s film Candy
as an example.
2006 (R) 1 hour 56 min. At; Avalon Golf Club. 6pm Saturday 30/11.

Under the Lino - Another one from Bill Leimbach looks at the impact of local legend Bruce Goold.
2017 (PG) 1 hour 17 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 4pm Sunday 1/12. 

OCEAN
Far North - Cold-water wave action from World Champion body boarder Ben Player.
2016 (PG) 40 min. At; Avalon SLC. 6pm Friday 29/11.

Morning of the Earth - A cult surf and culture movie from local film maker Alby Falzon.
1972 (G) 1 hour 19 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 7pm Friday 29/11.

A Plastic Ocean - Award winning documentary by local film-maker Craig Leeson about, well, what the title says.
2016 (PG) 1 hour 42 min. At; Avalon SLC. 8pm Friday 29/11.

Kamchatka - Some Avalon boys go on a surf trip – to Siberia, yes, Siberia.
2023 (M) 1 hour 29 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 2pm Saturday 30/11. 

Girls Can’t Surf - How a band of renegade surfer girls in the 1980s fought to create their own professional sport, changing surf culture forever.
2020 (M) 1 hour 48 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 4pm Saturday 30/11.

Between Land and Sea - Discover what Lahinch in County Clare and Avalon Beach have in common.
2016 (PG) 1 hour 34 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 2pm Sunday 1/12.

WHAT'S IN A NAME?
Grease - What has this to do with Avalon? Why, Frankie Avalon of course.
1978 (PG) 1 hour 45 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 6pm Saturday 30/11.

Summer City - Mel Gibson’s first movie role thanks to one Mr Phil Avalon.
1977 (M) 1 hour 23 min. At; Avalon Cinema. 8pm Saturday 30/11.

SHORTCUTS
Yakka - A resonant coming-of-age film that explores the complexities of brotherhood, unavoidable loss of innocence, the familial cycles of violence and toxic masculinity in these parts.
2023 (Unclassified 18+) 15 min. To be screened after ‘Under the Lino.’ Avalon Cinema. 4pm Sunday 1/12. 

Youthlessness - An intimate coming of age drama about two friends lost in the forest starring Zoe Terakes (A24’s ‘Talk To Me’) & AACTA award winner Thomas Weatherall.
2023 (Unclassified 18+) 9 min. To be screened after ‘Under the Lino.’ Avalon Cinema. 4pm Sunday 1/12.

Avalon Now - The complete second series. Some say it’s a documentary of life in these parts.
2015 (M) 38min. At; Avalon SLC. 6pm Sunday 1/12.

Get ready to ride the waves at The Silver Surfers Event!

This unique event is all about embracing aging, one wave at a time. Seniors are invited to join a free bodyboarding and ocean safety clinic led by none other than world champion Ben Player and High-Performance Surf Coach Matt Grainger. It’s a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best, connect with the community, and enjoy the ocean.

All equipment of wetsuits and bodyboards will be provided. Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, Manly Surf School, NMD Board/Co, and Ripple House Printing, this is an event you won’t want to miss. Grab a board and ride the waves of life with confidence!

Arrive 30 minutes prior to the lesson start time to get changed into the wetsuits we provide. 

WHERE: Meet at Collaroy Beach Carpark, next to the Manly Surf School Vans.
WHEN: Friday 29th of November 2024 at 1:15pm - 2:15pm

Ocean Festival 2024
30 November - 8 December
Celebrating 'Life Below Water'

Now in its 31st year, the Ocean Festival celebrates our five marine protected areas, the biodiversity below the water and on our rock platforms - our marine flora, fauna and mega fauna.

Our oceans cover 80% of our planet, generates 50% of the oxygen we breathe and absorb 25% of all carbon dioxide emissions - we need to keep our oceans healthy.

Events include the Underwater Photography Competition 2024, Rock Platform Rambles, Dive for Debris, beach clean-ups, guided snorkel tours, SUP safaris, ocean walks and science talks plus much more!

Council will also announce the winners of the Underwater Photo Competition and will exhibit their work as part of the Ocean Festival.

Dive into a week of events, encounters and experiences to celebrate our love of the ocean.


Sea Snail on Narrabeen rock platform - photo by Joe Mills

Free Festive Fun at the Coastal Environment Centre: Sunday, 1 December 2024 - 08:00 am to 02:00 pm

It’s officially the start of the festive season! Drop in to the Coastal Environment Centre for a Free day filled with Christmas cheer. We’ll be making Christmas decorations using natural materials, create sustainable alternatives for festive traditions, and of course, spend time with our favourite coastal creatures who call the centre home. We can’t wait to welcome you.

Pricing: Free 
Location; Coastal Environment Centre, Pelican Path, Lake Park Road, North Narrabeen


Solar & Energy Roadshow – Narrabeen Tramshed

Thursday, 12 December 2024 - 10:00 am to 12:00 pm
Looking to reduce your energy bill?
Council are simplifying solar and providing energy efficiency tips to help you. Bring along your electricity bill and drop in for a chat with Council’s sustainability team between 10am - 12pm.
 
Please refer to Council's Solar and Energy Information Sessions page for more Roadshow venues and dates.  
This service is brought to you by Northern Beaches Council as part of its Charge Ahead program. For enquiries, email Council's Sustainability team.

Pricing: Free
This is a free, drop in event for residents.
Location: Tramshed Arts and Community Centre 1395A Pittwater Rd, Narrabeen 

Bayview Golf Club solar. Photo supplied


NSW Water Consultations open for Public Submissions:  Billabong Creek EIS; NSW Recycled Water Roadmap; Murrumbidgee water sharing plan; Gwydir water sharing plan; Macquarie/Wambuul water sharing plan; Namoi-Peel water sharing plan; Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project

Billabong Creek EIS - open until November 28 2024
Residents in the Riverina region are being invited to have their say on a proposal to replace two river regulators in Billabong Creek, improving water management and environmental outcomes as part of the Yanco Creek Modernisation Project.

The proposed work at Hartwood and Wanganella will modernise ageing infrastructure by replacing two fixed crest structures with state-of-the-art regulators to improve flows, enhance native fish passages and increase environmental water delivery in the region.

The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed upgrades is now open for public comment on the DCCEEW website until 28 November and we are encouraging local people to lodge a submission before it closes.

The project is part of the Sustainable Diversion Limit Adjustment Mechanism (SDLAM) Program that is rolling out new infrastructure across southern NSW that will help meet the objectives of the Murray-Darling Basin Plan.

Face-to-face community information sessions to enable residents to get a better understanding of the project and to ask questions.
These will be held at:
  • Wanganella Town Hall on Tuesday 12 November from 1-6pm
  • Conargo Town Hall on Wednesday 13 November from 1-6pm
Please note, you do not have to register to attend.
The Yanco Creek system links two of Australia’s largest rivers – the Murrumbidgee and Murray – via more than 800 kilometres of interconnected waterways across the Riverina region.

To view the EIS and have your say visit: Yanco Creek Modernisation Project

NSW Recycled Water Roadmap - open until Friday 6 December 2024.
The NSW Government is developing a Recycled Water Roadmap to make it easier for water utilities to assess, cost and engage with their customers on recycled water, and invest in it for both drinking and non-drinking purposes.

The Draft Recycled Water Roadmap aims to help utilities plan their water supplies by considering recycled water alongside other supply and demand options. It will streamline regulation, licensing, and approvals while also prioritising public health. Led by the NSW Government, in collaboration with regulators and utilities, the Draft Roadmap focuses on policy, economics, regulation, and coordination to boost recycled water delivery across the state. Actions are planned for the next 2 years, with ongoing monitoring to identify new opportunities over the next 5 years.

Greater Sydney Water Strategy 
  • Implementation Plan Action 2.5b - Construct and commence operation of a purified recycled water demonstration plant.
  • Implementation Plan Action 25c - Engage with the community to understand preferences for additional water supplies— including purified recycled water—and demand management measures to secure water supplies and to help make Sydney a more liveable city.
Lower Hunter Water Security Plan
  • Priority 2 - Increase recycled water use for non-drinking purposes.
  • Priority 2 - Engage with the community on purified recycled water and build a purified recycled water demonstration plant in the region.
Macquarie Castlereagh Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 1.5 - Invest in innovative water management options including water treatment and reuse initiatives.
Far North Coast Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 4.8 - Develop a recycled water plan for the Far North Coast.
Namoi Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 1.4 - Progress water treatment facilities for industries reliant on town water supplies.
North Coast Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 3.5 - Increase use of recycled water and investigate increased use of tertiary-treated and onfarm recycled water for intensive horticulture
Public information sessions
Webinar 1
When: Wednesday 13 November 2024
Time: 12pm – 1pm

Have your say: Make a submission
If you would like to make an online submission, please click the button below here: https://water.dpie.nsw.gov.au/our-work/plans-and-strategies/recycled-water-roadmap

Murrumbidgee water sharing plan - open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Murrumbidgee Unregulated River water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The draft plan sets out clear rules for the fair and sustainable sharing of surface water among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

This includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, ensuring basic landholder rights and social and cultural needs are met and providing secure and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're inviting the Murrumbidgee community to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on Friday 13 December.

We'll be holding a webinar on Tuesday 12 November at 12.30pm, where the community can learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

Face-to-face meetings will also be held on:
  • Thursday 21 November in Cooma from 3pm to 5pm and
  • in Griffith on 19 November from 10am to 12pm.
Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week of 11 November.

The draft uses the latest data and includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Other changes include additional protection for specific wetlands in the region.

The water sharing plan establishes rules for water management including the limit of the total volume of water that can be extracted from the Murrumbidgee Unregulated River Water Sources.

Water sharing plans are subject to review every 10 years under the Water Management Act 2000. The current water sharing plan for the Murrumbidgee Unregulated River Water Sources 2012 will expire on 1 July 2025.

The public exhibition period provides opportunities for water users, stakeholders and other interested parties to learn more about proposed changes in the draft plan, and to make submissions and comment on the draft. Feedback and issues raised during the public exhibition phase will be considered when finalising the plan.

The finalised replacement plan is proposed to commence on or before 1 July 2025.



Gwydir water sharing plan  - open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Gwydir Unregulated River water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The draft plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs and providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're now inviting the Gwydir community to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on 13 December.

We'll be holding a webinar on Tuesday, 19 November from 12pm to 1pm where the community can learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

A face-to-face drop-in session will also be held on Wednesday 27 November in Bingara from 10am to 12pm.

Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft uses the latest data and includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Other changes include additional protections for specific wetlands in the region.
The water sharing plan establishes rules for water management including the limit of the total volume of water that can be extracted from the Gwydir Unregulated River Water Sources.

Water sharing plans are subject to review every 10 years under the Water Management Act 2000. The current water sharing plan for the Gwydir Unregulated River Water Sources 2012 will expire on 1 July 2025.

The public exhibition period provides opportunities for water users, community members and other interested parties to learn more about proposed changes in the draft plan, and to make submissions and comment on the draft. Feedback and issues raised during the public exhibition phase will be considered when finalising the plan.

The finalised plan is proposed to commence on or before 1 July 2025. Plans are in place for 10 years.

View the documents, register for the webinar, meetings or one to one sessions, and provide feedback at;  https://water.dpie.nsw.gov.au/our-work/plans-and-strategies/water-sharing-plans/public-exhibition/gwydir-unregulated-river-water-sources


Macquarie/Wambuul water sharing plan -  open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan Unregulated Rivers Water Sharing Plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs along with providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're encouraging residents in the Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan catchment to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on 13 December.

A public webinar will be held on 15 November and a targeted webinar focusing on the Lower Macquarie on 18 November to give people an opportunity to learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

In addition, face-to-face drop-in sessions will be held on 21 November in Orange and Bathurst. Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft includes proposed changes to make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Others include provisions to better protect town water supply, as well as additional protections for specific wetlands in the region.

The plan also includes provisions to improve connectivity in the Northern Basin.

We want to hear the community's views on these changes and will carefully consider all feedback before finalising the plan ahead of it going into effect on 1 July 2025.

Plans are in place for 10 years and are audited after the first five years to ensure they are working effectively and appropriately.

To register for a session and make a submission, visit: Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan.

Namoi-Peel water sharing plan -  open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs along with providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

A webinar will be held on 18 November 10.30am to 11.30am to give the community an opportunity to learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

A face-to-face drop-in session will also be held on 26 November:
  • Manilla from 10am to 12 pm
  • Dungowan from 2pm to 4pm
Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Others include additional protections for specific wetlands in the region, including the Gulligal and Wee Waa Lagoons.

The plan also includes provisions to improve connectivity in the Northern Basin.

The NSW Government want to hear the community’s views and will carefully consider all feedback before finalising the plan ahead of it going into effect on 1 July 2025.

Plans are in place for 10 years and are audited after the first five years to ensure they are working effectively and appropriately.

To register for a session and to make a submission, visit: Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan
Also see; Submission form - Draft Water Sharing Plan for the Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers Water Sources 2025

Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project

The Water Group in the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water invites community members and stakeholders from across the Central West region to attend upcoming information sessions introducing the proposed Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project.

Three sessions are being held across three days. Each session will be broken into two parts. The first part will be a project presentation. The second part will involve small group discussions about the challenges and opportunities to be addressed by the project. Both sessions will enable stakeholders to engage directly with the project team.

Session details:
  • Wednesday 13 November, 4pm – 6pm at the Community Room, Warren Sporting and Cultural Centre
  • Thursday 14 November, 3:30pm – 5:30pm at the Carinda Memorial Hall
  • Friday 15 November, 11am – 1pm at the Western Plains Cultural Centre.
We look forward to introducing the project and hearing your views. Registration is not required.
More consultation will occur next year to provide opportunities for residents to have their say on the shortlisted options before the business case is finalised.

Funding for the Final Business Case was announced earlier this year. A robust FBC is an important first step in helping the Australian and NSW Governments make any future investment decisions about the viability of the projects. The business case is expected to be complete by early 2026.


Hunter Coast national parks now hiring

November 7, 2024
Imagine caring for and protecting some of the state’s most precious national parks, including offshore islands across the beautiful Port Stephens region.

Imagine working closely with Aboriginal Traditional Owners to care for Country and work together to achieve goals.

Imagine a job where no day is the same and you’re working with a committed and capable team.

This might be your dream job and you might be up for the challenge and opportunity.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) is seeking talented individuals to fill two vital operational leadership positions in the Hunter Coast area.

The NPWS Hunter Coast team manages diverse and precious habitats stretching from Nelson Bay and beautiful Port Stephens in the north, to the culturally significant Worimi Conservation Lands in the south, home to the largest mobile sand dune system in the Southern Hemisphere.

The team also cares for and protects 12 offshore islands and threatened species, like the Gould’s petrel, Australia’s rarest endemic seabird.

The two ongoing roles of Area Manager and Team Leader Rangers are both based in the newly built NPWS office and depot on the Worimi Conservation Lands at Anna Bay.

The key function of the roles is to manage operations, including leading a dedicated team responsible for caring and protecting 25 national parks in the region, including the 12 island reserves.

This requires building strong collaborative relationships with staff and community to turn strategies into on-ground actions to achieve environmental, cultural, social and economic outcomes that meet NSW Government priorities.

Joint management with Worimi Aboriginal Elders and community is an important focus and responsibility for both roles, especially working with the Worimi Conservation Lands Board.

As a member of NPWS, each working day is a new adventure and one which presents the unique opportunity to lead the care and protection of our most treasured places across the region.

For more information on these roles or to submit an application, please visit I Work for NSW here and here.

NPWS Director Hunter Central Coast Branch Kylie Yeend said:

“We are looking for passionate individuals who share our commitment to conservation and sustainability.

“These roles offer a unique opportunity to make a real difference in protecting the natural heritage of our beautiful Hunter Coast.

“We are seeking team players with a strong work ethic, excellent communications skills and a passion for the outdoors and working with community.

“These two roles rarely come along so I encourage anyone who is interested in enhancing our ability to protect and preserve natural resources to consider a career with the National Parks and Wildlife Service.”

Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

Discussion paper: Review and report into the NSW wildlife rehabilitation sector

The Parliamentary Secretary for the Environment, Ms Trish Doyle MP, is leading the NSW wildlife rehabilitation sector review (the review). The review will provide recommendations to the Minister for the Environment, the Hon Penny Sharpe MLC, on opportunities to improve support to the wildlife rehabilitation sector and associated veterinary sector. 

The review will be completed, and a report submitted to Minister Sharpe by 30 October 2025.

The review involves consulting with stakeholders in the wildlife rehabilitation sector and veterinary practices who provide essential support. Through this consultation process, the review will:

  • examine current practices
  • evaluate previously implemented strategies
  • identify ongoing challenges
  • discuss areas of future opportunity.

Process for this review: Date Action

  • 9 September – 30 November 2024 Discussion Paper public consultation (submissions open)
  • November – March 2025 Engagement with stakeholders via roundtables and site visits
  • 1 December – 28 February 2025 Survey open to all members of the rehabilitation sector
  • February – May 2025 Consideration of submissions, surveys and meetings to collate review report
  • June - September 2025 Compilation and approval of report
  • October 2025 Review report provided to Minister for the Environment

NSW has different types of wildlife rehabilitation service providers. They can be:

  • home-based and part of an overarching organisation (such as WIRES)
  • a central facility where volunteers go (such as Friends of the Koala),
  • part of an exhibited animal facility (such as Taronga Conservation Society)
  • a sole operator at home (that is an individual licence holder).

Five facilities have a veterinary wildlife hospital attached.

Wildlife rehabilitation groups face a range of challenges including:

  • changing social demographics that affect volunteer participation
  • mental health and wellbeing of volunteers
  • funding of rehabilitation services
  • resources to support volunteers
  • shortage of skilled vets and veterinary nurses
  • the need for secure buildings and facilities.

The sector relies on volunteer labour and support, community fundraising and community in-kind donations. The work of wildlife rehabilitation sector volunteers was estimated to be worth around $27 million a year, according to the results of a survey of wildlife rehabilitators.

NSW leads the wildlife rehabilitation field in Australia with an organised sector to do this critical work. An integrated, future focused continuing strategy is needed to support the sector, and ensure the sector is well connected so that care for native wildlife is available in all parts of the state.

Read and download the Discussion Paper here

How to have your say

Stakeholder participation is vital to the success of the review, and you are invited to make a submission on this discussion paper.

Throughout this discussion paper we share some messages from recent stakeholder consultations. These messages are indicative, not a complete representation of the views or issues, which will expand as the consultation continues. The government shares these messages to promote consultation and seek your reactions. They do not necessarily reflect the government’s position.

The discussion paper outlines questions for you to consider when making your submission. The questions are a guide to particular issues, but you are welcome to comment on other aspects of the sector. If you have relevant examples, data and research, ideas or issues you would like to raise as part of the review, please include them in your submission.

The government looks forward to hearing from you about what is and is not working well, and where the review should focus its attention.

Making submissions

Email your submission to review.wildliferehab@environment.nsw.gov.au

Post a written submission to:

Wildlife Rehab Sector Review
Locked Bag 5022
Parramatta NSW 2124

Submissions on the Discussion Paper close November 9, 2024

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about this summer.

NSW Health’s Acting Director of Environmental Health, Paul Byleveld, said with more people spending time outdoors, it was important to take steps to reduce mosquito bite risk.

“Mosquitoes thrive in wet, warm conditions like those that much of NSW is experiencing,” Byleveld said.

“Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

“People should take extra care to protect themselves against mosquito bites and mosquito-borne disease, particularly after the detection of JE in a sentinel chicken in Far Western NSW.

The NSW Health sentinel chicken program provides early warning about the presence of serious mosquito borne diseases, like JE. Routine testing in late December revealed a positive result for JE in a sample from Menindee. 

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. The survey will run for 12 months and close in November 2024.

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Summer is here so watch your step because beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.
Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

‘Catastrophic declines’: massive data haul reveals why so many plants and animals suffer after fire

Don DriscollDeakin University and Kristina J MacdonaldCharles Darwin University

The megafires that tore through Australia’s forests in 2019–20 burnt more than ten million hectares. The tragedy prompted a massive research effort to understand how plants and animals were affected.

So what did it uncover? Research published today in the journal Nature set out to answer that question. In a collaboration involving more than 100 scientists, we brought together data for more than 1,300 animal and plant species. As far as we know, it’s the world’s largest dataset of biodiversity responses after a single fire season.

We found populations of some species declined, while other species became more common after the fires. Importantly, the results depended strongly on the condition of the land before the fire – especially how frequently it had been burned before the megafires.

The findings have profound implications for how Australia manages its natural environments. Authorities often use frequent fuel-reduction burning to prepare for bushfires – however our findings suggest this primes ecosystems for major disruption when the next wildfire hits.

An unparallelled opportunity

Global warming and other human-caused changes are driving more frequent and severe bushfires around the world. In the past 20 years, extreme fires have doubled globally. This in turn is helping fuel Earth’s species extinction crisis.

After Australia’s 2019-20 fires, rapid assessments estimated almost 900 plant and animal species were severely impacted, or put at heightened extinction risk from future fires. In response, government and non-government organisations allocated hundreds of millions of dollars for field-based monitoring and recovery.

This extraordinary monitoring effort provided an unparalleled opportunity to measure how extreme fires affect biodiversity.

We collated 62 sets of data involving 810,000 records of the presence, absence or abundance of species in burnt and unburnt sites.

It covered 1,380 species including plants, birds, frogs, mammals, reptiles, insects and land snails. The records were collected along more than 1,000 kilometres of Australia’s east coast, plus sites in South Australia and Western Australia.

A recently burnt forest, with blackened trees against a cloudy blue sky
Global warming and other human-caused changes are driving more frequent and severe bushfires. Tim Doherty

The losers

We found 55% of species declined after the 2019-20 megafires – either because they were less abundant overall or occupied fewer sites.

Species in areas exposed to frequent or recent past fires struggled the most. Sites that experienced three or more fires in the 40  preceding years had declines up to 93% larger than with sites not burnt, or burnt once over the same period.

Too-frequent bushfires can mean plants don’t have enough time between fires to set seeds. It can also wipe out valuable animal habitats such as logs, dead trees and tree hollows.

Among all the animal and plant groups that we examined, mammals were the most sensitive, showing average declines twice as large as other groups.

Mammals may be too large to shelter in the small burrows and crevices that smaller animals can squeeze into, they cannot fly to escape the flames, and naturally require more food because they are warm-blooded.

The winners

Some 45% of species were more commonly found in burnt sites after the megafires. The size of increases generally mirrored the size of declines in other species under the same conditions.

The most important example relates to fire frequency. Sites burnt frequently experienced both the largest declines and largest increases after the 2019-20 fires.

There are several ways frequent fire before the megafires could allow species to increase.

Species that re-establish quickly after a fire could have large populations before the next fire. This means more individuals could survive the fire, leading to successively larger populations.

And if individuals do survive a fire, their living conditions may become easier if, say, their predators did not survive, or there is less competition from other animals for resources.

Some plants may become increasingly abundant after each successive fire, such as grasses, benefiting animal species that eat or shelter in them.

This is not to say that megafires are good for biodiversity overall, or that more abundant species balance out the losses.

The species that do well after fire will continue to thrive as recently burnt areas become more common. That’s great, but the declining species will become an increasingly severe problem for conservation.

The decline is also a big problem for humans, who depend on biodiversity for a range of services.

A rethink is needed

Bushfire management agencies aim to reduce fire risks through frequent fuel-reduction burning. This involves a program of deliberately burning blocks of native vegetation at relatively short intervals, to reduce flammable materials such as plants, fallen branches, logs, twigs, leaves and bark.

But our research suggests this practice, which increases fire frequency, may create larger disruptions to ecosystems when big bushfires occur.

Past research has found that bushfires can be less severe when fuel-reduction burning has been undertaken in the three to five years prior.

And in some cases, when fuel-reduction burning was recent and nearby, it can help protect infrastructure from fire.

But our findings indicate even if a bushfire is not particularly severe, the harm to plants and animals can be extreme when sites have been burnt three or more times over 40 years, or within the ten preceding years.

So, frequent fuel-reduction burning, combined with any other preceding bushfires, condemns many plants and animals to large, potentially catastrophic declines in the next bushfire.

Clearly, fire management and policy needs a big rethink. Alternative approaches to large-scale prescribed burning are required.

This could include developing the skills and technologies to rapidly detect and suppress bushfires. It may also involve supporting Indigenous “right-way fire”, a culturally informed method of fire management.

Encouragingly, we found severe bushfire impacts could be moderated if a lot of unburnt habitat exists within 2.5 kilometres. This allows plant seeds and animals to move from unburnt to recently burnt habitats, helping the damaged area to recover.

So, fire managers should protect remaining unburnt patches after fire, rather than burning them to prevent later flare-ups. If unburnt patches can be retained while fires are being fought, native communities will be able to recover more rapidly.

However, we should not forget that Australia’s 2019-20 megafires were the predictable consequence of climate change.

The alternative fire management approaches we suggest will likely fail if climate change continues unabated.The Conversation

Don Driscoll, Professor in Terrestrial Ecology, Deakin University and Kristina J Macdonald, Postdoctoral research fellow, Charles Darwin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Death hotspot’: we found 145 koalas killed along a single Queensland highway last year

IngeBlessas/Shutterstock
Rolf SchlaglothCQUniversity AustraliaCharley GeddesCSIRODouglas KerlinGriffith University, and Flavia SantamariaCQUniversity Australia

Warning: this article contains graphic images some readers may find distressing

The beloved koala is now endangered in New South Wales, Queensland and the Australian Capital Territory. The tree-dwelling marsupial is threatened by land clearing, loss of its favourite eucalypts, chlamydia, being preyed on by feral animals and – last but not least – collisions with vehicles.

To arrest the steady decline of koala populations, we must focus on where these animals are being wiped out in front of our eyes.

In Central Queensland, there’s a known koala death hotspot. The Peak Downs Highway connects Mackay on the coast with the Bowen Basin coal mining region. Cars and trucks travel along the highway at speed. The road is notoriously dangerous for humans, with a death toll in the dozens. But it’s also lethal for koalas.

How many are killed? Throughout 2023, citizen scientist and honours student Charley Geddes and our team of scientists counted 145 otherwise healthy koalas struck and killed along a 51 kilometre stretch of this highway. This is a huge figure. By contrast, an average of 365 koalas are admitted to veterinary hospitals each year after being hit by a vehicle across the entire south-east Queensland region.

A roadkill hotspot is a problem that can be solved. In other areas, state and territory governments have built overpasses or underpasses, usually alongside wildlife exclusion fencing to guide the animals to safe passage. In some instances, rope bridges have been installed high above highways.

Unfortunately, there’s very little funding to tackle roadkill hotspots in Central Queensland. Koala conservation efforts by the state government have, to date, focused almost exclusively on south-east Queensland. Our horrifying data shows that must change.

Pity the Central Queensland koala

In Queensland, modelling suggests land clearing and climatic change will gradually drive koalas from the drier west to the wetter east, near the coast.

Koalas are holding out in wetter, more intact refuges such as the Clarke-Connors Range, a coastal mountain range inland from Mackay. These mountains are now home to a significant koala population and, potentially, one of national importance.

Unfortunately, this koala haven has one major problem: fast-moving vehicles. The Peak Downs highway runs directly through this prime koala habitat.

When koalas go roaming for food or to find a mate, they often cross the highway. These exploring koalas are typically male.

What makes this stretch of highway particularly lethal for koalas is the fact the habitat is in good condition. Good land management by some local graziers has meant many eucalypts have been conserved, benefiting koalas and other wildlife. This has been done deliberately, as these trees provide shade for grazing animals. The gum trees koalas prefer – blue gums and ironbarks – are found all along the highway. As a result, we found koalas were being killed nearly anywhere along the stretch.

As yet, we don’t have a good idea about how many koalas are living in the area. More work needs to be done to get good estimates. But the population must be considerable, due to the numbers dying on the roads.

Fences and underpasses

In urban areas, small patches of koala habitat exist alongside houses, industrial parks, commercial centres, roads and parkland. So koalas tend to be concentrated in small patches. In turn, this means it’s actually easier to help them cross roads – you can direct them to a safe crossing point.

It’s much harder to safeguard koalas along a 51 km stretch of highway, with lots of good quality habitat all along the roadside.

On the plus side, the fact there are fewer private properties (mainly used for grazing cattle) would likely make it easier to negotiate to install road barriers or underpasses and overpasses.

Better still, there is some appetite for change. Many landholders in the area are on record expressing their concern about how many koalas are dying on the highway.

As one landholder told us:

All the local landholders that I know in the area seem to be quite proud and empathetic towards koalas. They are creatures that do not impact grazing operations in any way and are treasured for want of a better term.

Several said the solution was fencing. As one said:

Wildlife fencing is the only way to stop the absolute carnage of these wonderful creatures.

A number of landholders have expressed willingness to host fencing on their land.

In recent years, state road authorities have retrofitted several highway underpasses in an attempt to guide koalas to a safer route under the road. Unfortunately, these efforts have not worked.

Previous studies have shown wildlife exclusion fencing can work, but this has been tested only on a local scale. For the Peak Downs Highway, a much greater length of wildlife fencing would likely be needed to actually direct the koalas to safe passage.

The indirect toll from mining

One major reason why so many koalas die on this stretch of highway is because of the high volume of traffic, much of which is going to and from the coal mines in the Bowen Basin. This geological basin contains Australia’s largest body of coal, and has 48 active coal mines as of 2023. Queensland’s largest export is still metallurgical coal.

The high death toll is clearly an indirect consequence of mining operations.

As koala populations shrink in many areas, wetter mountains in Central Queensland have become a vital refuge. But even here, Australia’s iconic tree-dweller is under threat. Many koalas here have diseases such as chlamydia and koala retrovirus, and specialist care for injured or sick animals is harder to come by in this region.

Authorities have moved to tackle the koala road toll in some regions. But the koalas of Central Queensland have largely missed out. As the iconic species reels from a multitude of threats, making this dangerous highway safer to cross offers one way to stop more koalas from dying, week in, week out.The Conversation

Rolf Schlagloth, Koala Ecologist, CQUniversity AustraliaCharley Geddes, Research technician, CSIRODouglas Kerlin, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Environmental Futures Research Institute, Griffith University, and Flavia Santamaria, Lecturer in Biology, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tiny oceanic plankton adapted to warming during the last ice age, but probably won’t survive future climate change – new study

Rui YingUniversity of Bristol and Daniela SchmidtUniversity of Bristol

Global temperature records are expected to exceed the 1.5 °C threshold for the first time this year. This has happened much sooner than predicted. So can life on the planet adapt quickly enough?

In our new research, published today in Nature, we explored the ability of tiny marine organisms called plankton to adapt to global warming. Our conclusion: some plankton are less able to adapt now than they were in the past.

Plankton live in the top few metres of ocean. These algae (phytoplankton) and animals (zooplankton) are transported by ocean currents as they do not actively swim.

Climate change is increasing the frequency of heatwaves in the sea. But predicting the future effects of climate change is difficult because some projections depend on ocean physics and chemistry, while others consider the effects on ecosystems and their services.

Some data suggest that current climate change have already altered the marine plankton dramatically. Models project a shift of plankton towards both poles (where ocean temperatures are cooler), and losses to zooplankton in the tropics but might not predict the patterns we see in data. Satellite data for plankton biomass are still too short term to determine trends through time.

To overcome these problems, we have compared how plankton responded to past environmental change and modelled how they could respond to future climate changes. As the scientist Charles Lyell said, “the past is the key to the present”.

We explored one of the best fossil records from a group of marine plankton with hard shells called Foraminifera. This comprehensive database of current and past distributions, compiled by researchers at the University of Bremen, has been collected by hundreds of scientists from the seafloor across the globe since the 1960s. We compared data from the last ice age, around 21,000 years ago, and modern records to see what happened when the world has previously warmed.

We used computational models, which combine climate trends with traits of marine plankton and their effect on marine plankton, to simulate the oceanic ecosystems from the last ice age to the pre-industrial age. Comparing the model with the data from the fossil record is giving us support that the model simulated the rules determining plankton growth and distribution.

We found that some subtropical and tropical species’ optimum temperature for peak growth and reproduction could deal with seawater warming in the past, supported by both fossil data and model. Colder water species of plankton managed to drift to flourish under more favourable water temperatures.

Our analysis shows that Foraminifera could handle the natural climate change, even without the need to adapt via evolution. But could they deal with the current warming and future changes in ocean conditions, such as temperature?

Future of the food chain

We used this model to predict the future under four different degrees of warming from 1.5 to 4 °C. Unfortunately, this type of plankton’s ability to deal with climate change is much more limited than it was during past warming. Our study highlights the difference between faster human-induced and slower-paced geological warming for marine plankton. Current climate change is too rapid and is reducing food supply due to ocean stratification, both making plankton difficult to adapt to this time.

Phytoplankton produce around 50% of the world’s oxygen. So every second breath we take comes from marine algae, while the rest comes from plants on land. Some plankton eat other plankton. That in turn gets eaten by fish and then marine mammals, so energy transfers further up the food chain. As it photosynthesises, phytoplankton is also a natural carbon fixation machine, storing 45 times more carbon than the atmosphere.

Around the world, many people depend heavily on food from the ocean as their primary protein sources. When climate change threatens marine plankton, this has huge knock-on effects throughout the rest of the marine food web. Plankton-eating marine mammals like whales won’t have enough food to prey on and there’ll be fewer fish to eat for predators (and people). Reducing warming magnitude and slowing down the warming rate are necessary to protect ocean health.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?

Rui Ying, Postdoctoral Researcher, Marine Ecology, University of Bristol and Daniela Schmidt, Professor in Palaebiology, University of Bristol

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The COP29 climate talks are about to kick off in Baku, Azerbaijan. Here’s what to expect

Matt McDonaldThe University of Queensland

The next major United Nations meeting on climate change, known as COP29, is about to get underway in Baku, Azerbaijan. These annual meetings are the key international summits as the world attempts to address the unfolding climate crisis.

The talks this year are crucial as climate change worsens. In recent years, a series of climate-fuelled disasters and extreme events, from Australia’s bushfires to Spain’s floods, have wrought havoc around the world.

What’s more, the continuing upward trajectory of greenhouse gas emissions suggests the window to limit warming 1.5°C is almost closed. And the re-election of United States President Donald Trump casts a pall over global climate action.

So, let’s take a look at the agenda for this vital COP meeting – and how we can gauge its success or failure.

The big issue: climate finance

COP stands for Conference of the Parties, and refers to the nearly 200 nations that have signed up to the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.

Like last year’s conference in Dubai, the choice to hold this year’s meeting in Baku is controversial. Critics say Azerbaijan’s status as a “petro-state” with a questionable human rights record means it is not a suitable host.

Nevertheless, the meeting is crucial. COP29 has been dubbed the “finance COP”. The central focus is likely to be a much bigger target for climate finance – a mechanism by which wealthy countries provide funding to help poorer countries with their clean energy transition and to strengthen their climate resilience.

At the Copenhagen COP talks in 2009, developed countries committed to collectively providing US$100 billion a year for climate finance. This was seen as the big outcome of otherwise unsuccessful talks – but these targets are not being met.

The meeting also represents an opportunity to engage the private sector to play a bigger role in driving investment in the renewable energy transition.

But controversial questions remain. Who should be giving money and receiving it? And how do we ensure wealthy countries actually make good on their commitments?

The big outcome from last year’s COP was the establishment of a fund for unavoidable loss and damage experienced by vulnerable states as a result of climate effects. We’ve since seen some progress in clarifying how it will work.

But the US$700 million committed to the fund is far short of what is already required – and finance required is certain to increase over time. One estimate suggested US$580 billion will be needed by 2030 to cover climate-induced loss and damage.

Alongside these issues, the Baku talks will hopefully see some movement on adaptation finance, enabling further funds for building climate resilience in developing countries. To date, contributions and commitments have been well short of the goal set in 2021.

A final issue will be how to clarify rules around carbon markets, especially on the controversial topic of whether nations can use carbon trading to meet their Paris Agreement emission cut targets.

Talks on the latter have been stalled for years. Some analysts see movement on carbon markets as crucial for building momentum for the transition from fossil fuels.

Storm clouds over Baku

By far the biggest shadow over the Baku talks is the election of Republican Donald Trump as United States president.

Trump famously withdrew the US from the climate agreement in 2016, and has declared climate change as “one of the greatest scams of all time”.

Trump’s re-election will significantly affect US cooperation on climate change at a time when the stakes for the planet could barely be higher.

More broadly, geopolitical tensions and conflicts – from Gaza to Ukraine – also risk crowding out the international agenda and undermining the chance of cooperation between key players.

This especially applies to Russia and China, both of which are crucial to international climate efforts.

At past COPs, difficult geopolitics elsewhere haven’t been fatal for cooperation on climate policy – but it does make things harder. For this reason, Azerbaijan has called for a “truce” in global conflicts to coincide with the conference.

National commitments loom large at Baku

This COP represents the last big climate talks before national governments have to publicly state their new emission cut goals – known as “nationally determined contributions” – which are due in February 2025.

A few big players – such as Brazil, the United Kingdom, and the United Arab Emirates – have already indicated they’ll be announcing their new targets at Baku.

There will also be plenty of pressure on other nations to ramp up their targets. That’s because existing commitments put the world far off track to meeting the globally agreed target of limiting planetary warming to 1.5°C – a threshold beyond which devastating climate harms are expected.

The host nation Azerbaijan is also keen to increase transparency around reporting obligations for countries, to make it easier to track progress against emissions targets.

What about Australia?

Australia will almost certainly not be outlining a new emissions target in Baku. It has already signalled it may announce its updated targets after the February 2025 deadline.

For Australia, the main issue at Baku may be whether we – alongside at least one Pacific country – will be announced as the hosts of COP31 in 2026. Australia is tipped to win, but Turkey is a significant competitor.

What does success look like?

Azerbaijan sees agreement on a new collective quantified goal for climate finance as the most important outcome of the conference.

This and other finance outcomes will be important in ensuring a fair distribution of costs from the impact of climate change and the necessary energy transition.

Action on long stalled carbon trading cooperation would also be a win, and could turbocharge the global energy transition.

But real success would come in the form of significant new emissions targets and explicit endorsement of the need to move away from fossil fuels. Sadly, the latter is not prominent on the Baku agenda.

Humanity has run out of time to prevent climate change, and we are already seeing real damage. But an opportunity remains to minimise the future harm. We must pursue urgent and sustained international action, regardless of who is in the White House.The Conversation

Matt McDonald, Professor of International Relations, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A single atom can change the colour of a bird. These are the genes responsible

A dusky lory (Pseudeos fuscata). dwi putra stock/Shutterstock
Simon GriffithMacquarie University and Daniel HooperAmerican Museum of Natural History

Across the animal kingdom, birds are some of the most colourful creatures of all. But how did all the amazingly coloured different bird species arise?

Nearly all birds with bright red, orange, and yellow feathers or bills use a group of pigments called carotenoids to produce their colours. However, these animals can’t make carotenoids directly. They must acquire them through their diets from the plants they eat. Parrots are the exception to this rule, having evolved an entirely new way to make colourful pigments, called psittacofulvins.

Although scientists have known about these different pigments for some time, understanding the biochemical and genetic basis behind how birds use them to vary in colour has been less clear. But two recent separate studies about parrots and finches have provided vital insight into this mystery.

One study, published in Current Biology, was led by one of us (Daniel Hooper), and the other was led by Portuguese biologist Roberto Abore and published in Science. Together, they advance our understanding of how birds produce their colourful displays – and how these traits have evolved.

A single enzyme

The two new studies involved large teams of international researchers. They used recent advances in genetic sequencing to examine which regions of the genome (an animal’s complete set of DNA) determine natural yellow-to-red colour variation in parrots and finches.

Remarkably, even though these two groups of birds produce their colourful displays using different types of pigments, scientists found they have evolved in similar ways.

Arbore’s study looked at the dusky lory (Pseudeos fuscata), a parrot native to New Guinea with bands of feathers that may be coloured yellow, orange or red. The research found that shifts between yellow and red feather colouring were associated with an enzyme called ALDH3A2. This enzyme converts red parrot pigments to yellow ones. When developing feathers contain large amounts of the enzyme, they end up yellow; when they have less, they end up red.

Scientists found the ALDH3A2 enzyme also explains colour variation in many other species of parrots which have independently evolved yellow-to-red colour variation.

Bird with orange beak and black, yellow and orange plumage.
The dusky lory ( Pseudeos fuscata ), also known as banded lories. Faris Abdurrasyid/Shutterstock

Two special genes

The long-tailed finch (Poephila acuticauda) is a species of songbird native to northern Australia. There are two hybridising subspecies with different coloured bills. One is yellow-billed while the other is red-billed.

Most carotenoid pigments that birds might consume from their diet are yellow or orange, so birds’ bodies must somehow change the chemistry of the pigments after eating them to produce red colours.

Hooper’s study examined variation in this trait across the whole distribution of the long-tailed finch in the wild, and variation in the genomes of the measured birds. It turned out bill colour in these finches was mostly linked to two genes, CYP2J19 and TTC39B.

Together, these two genes drive the conversion of yellow dietary carotenoids to red ones.

In the long-tailed finch, yellow coloration appears to result from mutations that turn these genes off in the bill specifically while keeping them on in other parts of the body, such as the eyes.

By comparing the DNA code of these colour genes to other finch species, the researchers also found the ancestors of the modern long-tailed finch had red bills, but mutant yellow bills have slowly been growing more common.

Like a lightbulb dimmer

Together these studies show how colours can evolve in natural populations.

In both parrots and finches, the mutations responsible for yellow-to-red colour variation did not change the function of the enzymes involved. Instead they influenced where and when these enzymes were active. Think of it as changing the lighting in a room by installing a dimmer on an existing light switch, rather than removing an entire light fitting.

The scientists also showed that in wild populations of both parrots and finches, mutations to just a few genes can alter the chemical structure of the pigments profoundly – enough to make the difference between red and yellow.

The key genes change the chemical structure of the pigment molecule through the actions of an enzyme which adds just one atom of oxygen to the pigment. This changes it from a bright red to a bright yellow in parrots, and the opposite in finches, from bright yellow to bright red.

Three birds with different coloured beaks.
Bill colours of long-tailed finches from the Kimberley (left) Katherine (centre) and Queensland (right), illustrating the variation in the colour as the frequency of the genes change across Australia. Daniel HooperCC BY-NC-ND

The wonder of nature

The evolution of colour in birds has been the focus of attention since Charles Darwin used them in outlining his theory of evolution by natural selection. The most obvious difference between the closely related species of birds that we see around us is their colour.

These two new studies have shown us how a few genes and the addition of that single oxygen atom can change the course of evolution, creating a new form that looks so dramatically different. If this improves the animal in an evolutionary sense – perhaps they look more attractive to potential partners or stand out more – it can lead to the origin of a new species.

This work reminds us of the wonder of nature and shows that evolution is an ongoing process.

To conserve species we need to protect as much of their genetic complexity as possible. Every individual in a population contains a unique genome and every small bit of variation is the product of millions of years of evolution in the past. It could also be the key to the development of a new species in the future.The Conversation

Simon Griffith, Professor of Avian Behavioural Ecology, Macquarie University and Daniel Hooper, Postdoctoral Scholar, Bioinformatics and Computational Biology, American Museum of Natural History

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Mangroves in the Maldives have been drowning as sea level rises – new study

Maldives Resilient ReefsCC BY-NC-ND
Vasile ErsekNorthumbria University, Newcastle and Lucy CarruthersEast Carolina University

Mangrove forests have been protecting coastlines around the world against erosion and storm surges for millennia. But in 2020, the residents on many islands in the Maldives noticed that many of their mangrove forests were starting to die off. Where once these forests had been lush, now they were turning brown and lifeless.

Our team of scientists has worked closely with coastal communities in the Maldives to investigate that 2020 phenomenon. In our new study, we highlight how mangrove die-off events like this have big implications not just for the Maldives, but also for other island nations and coastal ecosystems around the world.

Mangroves are remarkable trees and shrubs that grow along tropical and subtropical coastlines of more than 120 countries and territories.

Mangroves are carbon powerhouses, storing three to five times more carbon per equivalent area than tropical rainforests. They’re biodiversity hotspots and crucial fish nurseries. For many coastal communities, especially in developing nations, mangroves are essential for food security and livelihoods by providing important protein sources like prawns, crabs and fish.

Mangroves act as natural storm barriers, protecting coastlines from erosion and flooding. For island nations like the Maldives, mangroves are a vital defence against rising seas and storms. So, when over 25% of the Maldives’ mangrove-containing islands died off in 2020, local residents became seriously concerned. Using satellite imagery, we found that some islands lost more than half their mangrove cover.

To investigate potential causes, we examined the wood from affected mangroves. The chemical makeup of mangrove wood can reveal if the trees were struggling with too much salt. Our tests showed that the dead mangroves had been under significant salt stress, meaning they were drowning in saltwater.

Mangroves can typically keep pace with gradually rising seas by building up their own sediment. But when sea levels rise too quickly, and mangroves experience salt stress, this defence mechanism can’t keep up.

Sure enough, our research points to the culprit as being rapidly rising sea levels, supercharged by climate change. The Maldives is the world’s lowest-lying country, with an average elevation of just 1.5m above sea level. This makes it acutely vulnerable to rising sea levels.

aerial shot of dead mangrove trees with just a few living and green
Mangroves on an island known as HDh. Neykurendhoo died off during 2020 and researchers have been investigating why. Maldives Resilient ReefsCC BY-NC-ND

We found that from 2017 to 2020, sea levels around the Maldives rose at a rate of over 30mm per year – much faster than the mangroves could build up sediment to stay above water. This rapid rise was linked to a climate phenomenon called the Indian Ocean dipole, which was unusually intense between 2019 and 2020.

Discovered in the late 1990s, the Indian Ocean dipole is a climate pattern which causes changes in wind, sea surface temperature and rainfall across the Indian Ocean basin.

During a positive phase, like between 2019 and 2020, countries in the western Indian Ocean, including the Maldives, experience warmer sea surface temperatures and an increase in sea level as the ocean expands. Meanwhile, the eastern Indian Ocean experiences cooler waters and a drop in sea level.

During a negative phase, this pattern is reversed. Worryingly, some studies suggest that climate change could increase the frequency and severity of future Indian Ocean dipole events, although more research is needed to reduce the uncertainties of these projections.

Signalling a global threat

This is a warning for coastal areas worldwide. As climate change and extreme events intensify, some mangrove forests around the world may struggle to keep up with rising sea levels.

The consequences could be serious. Losing mangroves doesn’t just remove a vital coastal defence – it could release large amounts of stored carbon, further accelerating climate change.

Our study of these Maldives’ mangroves illustrates how climate change can push natural systems past their limits, with cascading negative consequences for both nature and people. Mangroves do go through phases of natural die-off, but our evidence suggests that this event was unusual.

What happened in the Maldives is a reminder that the impacts of climate change are not evenly distributed. Small island developing states, which have contributed less than 1% to global greenhouse gas emissions, are on the front lines of climate impacts.

Natural recovery after a die-back is possible. We saw signs of this in the Maldives as seedlings and new trees were beginning to appear. Since 2020, a much more salt-tolerant mangrove species has become dominant here because it was able to handle the saltier conditions. While this regrowth is encouraging, there are some trade-offs as the shifts in species affect habitat structure, plant productivity and food security.

For example, people often eat the fruits of low salt-tolerant mangrove Bruguiera cylindrica, so the loss of this species has a negative impact on a staple food source. Future episodes of rapid sea level rise could also push even these more salt-tolerant species beyond their limit, potentially leading to more widespread and permanent mangrove loss.

As our planet continues to warm, events like the Maldives mangrove die-off may become more common. The fate of mangroves in the Maldives and other low-lying coastal areas will be a key indicator of how well countries are managing the climate crisis. Mangrove forests have thrived at the interface of land and sea for centuries. Whether they can survive the rapid changes of the coming decades will depend largely on our actions today.



Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Vasile Ersek, Associate professor in Physical Geography, Northumbria University, Newcastle and Lucy Carruthers, Postdoctoral Researcher, Department of Coastal Studies, East Carolina University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

You will soon be able to power your house with your electric car. Here’s how

24K-Production/Shutterstock
Syed M Nawazish AliRMIT University

This year, dozens of new models of electric vehicles have hit the Australian market – and more are coming. New models of battery electric and plug-in hybrids come with bigger batteries. The average battery electric now has a range of over 400 kilometres.

But until now, there’s been a missing piece of the puzzle. The batteries in most new electric cars are huge – much larger than a typical home battery. A BYD Seal might have a battery capacity of 60 to 80 kilowatt hours (kWh), while the average home battery installed in Australia is 11 to 12 kWh.

So why can’t you plug your car in and power your house?

Soon, you will be able to. The suite of technologies already exists. They’re known as vehicle to grid (V2G, where you export power to the grid), vehicle to house (V2H, where you run your house off your car) and vehicle to load (V2L, where you run electric devices off your car).

There’s a cost – you need a bidirectional charger able to send power both to and from the car. But experts expect substantial benefits.

With V2G, you can sell power back to the grid at peak times, helping the grid stay stable. With V2H, you can weather power outages or even go off grid. V2L would be useful for campers and tradies.

One reason it’s not here already is that regulations and processes haven’t been in place. On Saturday, climate change minister Chris Bowen announced progress on this front. Vehicle to grid would be up and running by Christmas. That’s a very ambitious timeline, as there’s more to it than just regulations. But it is a jump forward.

“When you pick your next EV you won’t be buying just a car, you’ll be buying a household battery on wheels,” Bowen has said.

electric appliances
Electric car batteries have much larger capacities than home batteries, and could power household appliances for longer. Maxx-Studio/Shutterstock

What changed?

Vehicle to grid isn’t totally new in Australia.

In late 2022, South Australia became the first state to greenlight bidirectional chargers in homes. But these chargers only work with two EV models, the electric Nissan Leaf and the plug-in hybrid Mitsubishi Outlander.

So what just changed? Crucial underpinning – the boring but important scaffolding which makes new technology robust and reliable. Specifically, Standards Australia has approved a new standard for bidirectional chargers.

Australian standards are technical standards outlining specifications and guidelines for new technologies. While voluntary, products are expected to meet the relevant standards. A V2G standard will level the playing field and give clarity for owners, grid operators and electric charger manufacturers.

A new standard is a leap forward. But to make V2G a reality will take more action. Car owners have to install bidirectional fast chargers, able to send power both ways. These aren’t cheap, at around A$3,500 a pop. Car companies have to ensure their chargers meet the new standard. And distribution networks have to approve charger models for use on the grid.

Trial projects such as the Realising Electric Vehicle-to-Grid Services in the Australian Capital Territory and the Amber/ARENA trial in New South Wales show we can meet some of the technical requirements. It will take time and money to integrate these changes nationwide.

transmission lines sunrise
For vehicle to grid technology to become common, the grid has to be able to handle it. yelantsevv/Shutterstock

Why should we be excited about this?

As more car owners go electric, the size of the battery fleet on Australian roads and driveways is growing fast.

Without V2G, these batteries are just used for one thing – to make a car, truck or bus operate. But these batteries could do much more. Australia’s electric fleet is now over 180,000. If the average battery pack size was 50 kWh, that would represent a giant distributed battery of 9 gigawatt hours. The largest grid-scale battery under construction in Australia will have 2.4 gigawatt hours.

For energy authorities, this fleet of batteries presents a huge opportunity. At times of peak demand, they could offer financial incentives for EV owners to discharge to the grid. Used carefully, EV batteries could avert blackouts. A decentralised power source is more resilient to shocks. It could mean avoiding the need to fire up expensive gas plants at times of peak demand.

For EV owners, the financial incentives could be enough to let their cars be used to keep the grid stable. In testing, early V2G users have been able to turn large power bills into power payments. Annual earnings could be as high as $9-$12,000 per vehicle in New South Wales, according to one report.

Many carmakers are moving towards including V2G.

2025 could be the year

Overseas, vehicle to grid technology is gaining traction. California has mandated V2G capabilities in all light EVs sold from 2027 onward.

In Australia, regulatory change and incentives will be needed to encourage broader adoption.

It’s encouraging to see Australian standards for V2G arrive. But while Bowen is pitching V2G as about to happen, there is still some spadework left to do before it’s really here.The Conversation

Syed M Nawazish Ali, Research Fellow in Transport Electrification, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

If our hot water heaters ran off daytime solar, we would slash emissions and soak up cheap energy

nikkytok/Shutterstock
Baran YildizUNSW Sydney and Hossein SaberiUNSW Sydney

Your hot shower or bath uses 15-30% of your household’s total energy, second only to the heating and cooling of air.

More than half of all Australian households rely on electric water heaters with a storage tank. These act like thermal batteries and often store more energy than a home battery. Traditionally, these heaters operated during off-peak hours overnight when power demand was low. This practice also helps maintain stability for coal power stations.

But there’s a better option: cheap heating at daytime. More than 40% of freestanding Australian houses now have solar. Switching water heaters to charge during the day can soak up solar power going to waste – known as curtailment – and make sure electricity supply and demand match.

In our new real world trial, we put this technique to the test and found it works.

smart meter
The smart meter rollout is complete in Victoria, while other states are following suit. ARVD73/Shutterstock

From propping up coal to soaking up solar

Electric water heaters have traditionally be set to operate off-peak. On your electricity bill, it would be listed as a “controlled load” item. Switching from night to day isn’t as easy as flicking a switch. It’s often hardwired.

The solution: use smart meters. Almost all Victorian households (99.6%) and most Tasmanian (79%) have smart meters, while other states sit around 35-40%, according to the Australian Energy Regulator. By 2030, every Australian household is projected to have one.

Smart meters can do more than just monitoring use – they can remotely control appliances such as electric water heaters.

Electricity retailers or distribution network operators could offer to change the times of hot water heating via smart meters. Consumers could approve this change and it could be done remotely.

For this to become a reality, the method has to be tested in trials like ours.

Why does this matter?

In October this year, rooftop solar met 18% of Australia’s electricity demand.

One problem with the rooftop solar boom is matching supply with demand. Solar power peaks in the middle of the day but household demand is highest in the afternoon and evening, as people return from work and school.

When there’s more solar power than a household can use, it returns to the grid. Scaled up, this creates new challenges, such as minimum network demand, where floods of cheap solar can destabilise the grid or overload its voltage, forcing authorities to temporarily stop or reduce households sending their solar power back to the grid. That’s where heating water could help – by soaking up excess solar.

solar on rooftops
South Australians have taken up solar enthusiastically. The next step: use solar for heating water. myphotobank.com.au/Shutterstock

What did we learn?

To do real-world testing, we enrolled 18,000 South Australian households with smart meters and electric water heaters. The trial was funded by the Australian Renewable Energy Agency and led by metering company PLUS ES in collaboration with energy retailer AGL and the University of New South Wales.

Over the course of a year, the retailer shifted close to 50% of the water heating from night to day. Most householders reported no noticeable change to their hot water. Only 0.3% of households opted out. Participating households cut their emissions from water heaters by about 15%.

Energy retailers buy power at wholesale prices from generators. Nighttime power used to be cheapest. But daytime rates are falling as solar floods the grid. In the trial, the retailer’s use of daytime power produced savings of A$63 per household. We would expect these savings to increase as more renewables enter the grid.

At present, these savings go to the retailer. But as cheap solar pushes out other forms of power, we are seeing this ripple through to cheaper daytime rates which should be offered by retailers to consumers. This will allow households to take direct advantage of savings.

DIY water heating has a cost for the grid

At present, most people can’t directly use rooftop solar to heat water. Solar and hot water are generally installed on different circuits, even in households with smart meters.

But about 25% of Australian households have already taken matters into their own hands and opted out of controlled load circuits so they could use rooftop solar to heat water.

This appeals to some consumers, as it can significantly cut their water heating bill, but the extra cost of installing timers or diverters may put others off. Some diverters can also worsen the quality of the power on the grid.

By contrast, if the smart meter method gains traction, retailers and energy authorities would be better able to manage the grid as more renewables enter.

What’s in it for consumers? If retailers pass on savings from cheaper wholesale rates, households would be more likely to take the automated smart-meter control option.

Rooftop solar can lead to household voltage increasing slightly, which makes it harder to export solar and can reduce the lifespan of some appliances. That’s because household inverters need to push voltages higher than the grid to be able to push solar onto the network.

But if water heaters run during the day, they soak up more of the output from rooftop solar and keep voltages lower. Voltage levels in trial households dropped by an average of 2.6V, or up to 3.4V for homes regularly experiencing high voltages.

The trial also showed water heating demand could be predicted very accurately, benefiting network operators in day-ahead planning and operations.

What’s next?

Now that we have real-world evidence this method works, authorities can think bigger.

If smart meters were taken up across Australia’s main grid, the National Electricity Market, we could shift 3.8 terawatt hours of electricity use from night to day. That would represent 1.4% of our current electricity consumption of 273 TWh.

At present, about 2.3 TWh worth of utility-scale solar is curtailed annually. Far better to use it to heat water at daytime.

Would this approach work for heat pumps? Yes, with caveats. Heat pumps use electricity to heat water much more efficiently than older heaters. They do, however, require longer heating times. Our trial suggests heat pumps are largely compatible with smart meter control, but they may need different control strategies.

As ever more renewables enter the grid and more Australian households go electric, many of us will ditch gas hot water systems. These trends mean heating water during the day will be even more valuable.The Conversation

Baran Yildiz, Senior lecturer in Renewable Energy Engineering, UNSW Sydney and Hossein Saberi, Research Associate in Renewable Energy Engineering, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Orbital by Samantha Harvey wins the 2024 Booker prize – a short but powerful story urging us to save the planet

Debra Benita ShawUniversity of East London

Samantha Harvey’s Orbital has won the 2024 Booker prize. What it so skilfully and ambitiously exposes is the human cost of space flight set against the urgency of the climate crisis.

While a typhoon of life-threatening proportions gathers across south-east Asia, six astronauts and cosmonauts hurtle around Earth on the International Space Station. Their everyday routine of tasteless food and laboratory work is in stark contrast to the awesome spectacle of the blue planet, oscillating between night and day, dark and light, where international borders are meaningless.

Orbital was written during lockdown when the meaning of home (for those lucky enough to have one) changed forever. There’s a sense in which Harvey’s six astronauts return us to that moment when our homes became prisons and we were forced to contemplate the global effects of a virus that had no respect for national boundaries.

On the International Space Station, borders are only visible on the side of the Earth that is under night and only really as clusters of artificial light which shows cities. Rivers are “nonsensical scorings … like strands of long fallen hair” and “the other side of the world will arrive in 40 minutes” blurring it all.

Russian cosmonaut Anton contemplates US astronaut Michael Collins’ iconic photograph of Apollo 11 leaving the surface of the Moon in 1969 with the Earth beyond. He thinks “no Russian mind should be steeped in these thoughts”, but he is captivated by where the people are in the photograph. Is Collins the only human not to appear in it? Or is he the only human presence we can be sure of?

Shaun has a postcard of Diego Velázquez’s Las Meninas, sent to him by his wife. The painting’s complex composition has been said to create a unique illusion of reality where it is unclear who the subject is. Is it the viewer? The royal child? King Philip IV and Queen Mariana of Spain who are depicted on the wall?

“Welcome,” Shaun’s wife writes on the postcard, “to the labyrinth of mirrors that is human life.” The Italian astronaut Pietro solves the labyrinth with the simple observation that the dog at the child’s side must surely be the subject of the painting. “[It is] the only thing… that isn’t slightly laughable or trapped within a matrix of vanities.” Humans, Shaun concludes, are no big deal.

Las Meninas by Diego Velazquez
Las Meninas by Diego Velazquez. PradoCC BY-ND

While we gaze at ourselves and try to “ascertain what makes us different” from a dog, which as French theorist Michel Foucault also observed is the only object in the painting that has no function other than to be seen, it reminds us that our differences are negligible. As Shaun concludes, we are also animals fighting for survival.

In 16 orbits, the Earth on its tilted axis delivers a succession of landmasses that the astronauts can name but are de-familiarised by distance and momentum. The Pyramids, the New Zealand fjords, and a desert of dunes are “entirely abstract [and] … could just as easily be a closeup of one of the heart cells they have in their Petri dishes”. Japanese astronaut Chie’s laboratory mice – the canaries in the coal mine of their endeavour – finally learn to negotiate micro gravity “rounding their shoebox module like little flying carpets”. And, on a spacewalk, British astronaut Nell looks back at the “vast spread of the space station and, in this moment it, not earth, feels like home”.

This disassociation from the planet is common among returned astronauts who often report a feeling of closer affinity with their spacecraft. Harvey’s evocative prose describes the tension between a longing for the planet they think of as “mother” and the ambition to leave home forever. At one point Shaun wonders why they are trying to go where the universe doesn’t want them when “there’s a perfectly good earth just there that does.” But later he expresses frustration with the necessity to orbit two hundred and fifty miles above the earth. The moon, he reckons, is just the start.

What Harvey’s novel so skilfully exposes is the human cost of space flight set against the urgency of the climate crisis. The future of humanity is written, Shaun tells Pietro, “with the gilded pens of billionaires”. So while an unprecedented weather event threatens life below, the six astronauts and cosmonauts are rigorously documenting “their own selves”, taking “blood, urine, faecal and saliva samples” and monitoring “heart rates and blood pressure and sleep patterns” to satisfy some “grand abstract dream of interplanetary life” away from Earth.

Orbital is a slim volume of 135 pages but the economy of Harvey’s writing manages to convey a whole universe of meaning. She taps the contemporary zeitgeist of planetary insecurity alongside the span of history from Las Meninas to the spectacle of astronauts “imagineered, branded and ready”, prepared for consumption by “Hollywood and sci-fi, Space Odyssey and Disney.” “They’re humans,” writes Harvey, “with a godly view that’s the blessing and also the curse.”

Hollywood aside, I was reminded more of John Carpenter’s budget film Dark Star where bored astronauts on an interminable mission to destroy unstable planets are fixated on their dwindling supply of toilet paper. There is a sense, in Orbital, that the mundanity of decay is already overwhelming the spectacle of orbit. The module is “old and creaky” and “a crack has appeared”. The International Space Station is, after all, due to be decommissioned in 2031. Harvey has written a novel for the end of the world as we know it. The hope it offers is that we might learn to know the earth differently, while we can.The Conversation

Debra Benita Shaw, Debra Benita Shaw is Reader in Cultural Theory in the School of Architecture and Visual Arts, University of East London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A beginner’s guide to greenwash and four ways to avoid falling for it

nito/ShutterstockCC BY-NC-ND
Lala RukhUniversity of Galway

Growing up in a Pakistani village in the 2000s, sustainability was embedded throughout my daily life. My family has always been cautious of wasting energy, gas or water because these resources are expensive. We grew most of our own vegetables and reared poultry for eggs. By just buying a few essential groceries from the nearby market, we produced very little household waste. Food scraps were fed to our cattle, and we’d save any plastic bags to reuse.

But now, living in Ireland, I feel anxious about society’s increasing plastic footprint and level of overconsumption.

The United Nations defines sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”. But so much complicated jargon makes it difficult to distinguish between environmentally ethical practices and mere feelgood marketing.

Some major brands and big corporations promote and package their products as more eco-friendly than they actually are. In 1986, American environmentalist Jay Westerveld coined the term “greenwash” to describe hotels that were promoting towel reuse as an environmentally conscious initiative, when it was really a cost-cutting measure.

Today, greenwashing encompasses a wide range of deceptive marketing tactics, but as consumers, we have the right to know the true environmental impact of our choices. Here are four ways to avoid being duped by greenwash:

1. Look for marketing buzzwords

Look out for feelgood marketing and buzzwords such as “natural”, “eco-friendly”, “sustainable” and “green”. These labels can be open-ended, without a technical definition or any legal requirements. For example, the term “compostable” differs from “home compostable” – it requires industrial processing with high temperatures, even though it may sound eco-friendly.

There’s no legal time limit for calling something degradable – everything breaks up eventually, even plastic bags.

white background, six brown labels with eco images on eg footprint, recycling triangle, flower
Many terms on so-called eco-labels aren’t regulated. MisterStockCC BY-NC-ND

There is no such thing as a totally carbon-free product. Every process, every product, every supply chain has carbon emissions associated with it. So any marketing language should mirror the impact of that particular product or brand.

Some brands use cute-looking emojis and caricatures with buzzwords that look similar to some certifications, but in reality, they are meaningless. To address this, the European Commission recently proposed a directive, requiring companies to back up green claims with evidence, focusing on life-cycle and environmental footprint methods, setting minimum requirements for sustainability labels and logos.

2. Verify any claims

Pause before you purchase anything and demand evidence to back up any claims that a brand makes.

Either look for statistics that prove the claims on a company’s website, third-party certification or ask the brand and supplier for the evidence of their claims. If they are truly eco-conscious, they’ll proudly share the real numbers.

3. Look for certification

Legit third-party certifications like the EU-mandated energy labels provide valuable and true information about the energy efficiency of household electric appliances. Don’t fall for random stickers that give the impression of formal validation but don’t require any specific criteria to be met.

green circle with green triangle recycling symbol and words 'recycle' in caps
The Mobius loop. Askhat Gilyakhov / Alamy Stock VectorCC BY-NC-ND

Plastic recycling labels can be confusing too. The triangle with three chasing arrows, called the Mobius Loop is a universal symbol that means “recyclable”. But, the Mobius Loop with a number in it indicates the type of plastic (there are seven different types) – not that the packaging is recyclable.

Even if technically recyclable, plastic needs to be dry, clean and separated before being recycled. One plastic water bottle may contain three or four different types of plastics, from the bottle itself to the cap and label. Together as a composite, some can be difficult to recycle.

Tthe new tethered bottle caps are mandated by the EU to prevent litter, but they still don’t make recycling any easier.

4. Take a big picture view

Some companies genuinely care. For 35 years, outdoor clothing company Patagonia has pledged 1% of sales to conservation. More than US$89 million (£69 million) has been donated to environmental groups globally through its 1% for the Planet initiative. Cosmetics retailer Lush is working hard to close the loop by limiting water consumption and preventing as much packaging waste as possible.

Investigate the brand’s overall effort to be transparent and environmentally friendly, rather than just looking at one product. If companies aren’t setting clear targets, sharing their progress and being open with their customers, switch to brands that do provide the evidence, listen to their customers and respond.

As paying customers, we have a right to know the environmental footprint of the products and services we’re buying.



Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Lala Rukh, Doctoral Researcher in Energy, University of Galway

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Scientific models trust the land to soak up lots of CO₂ – the reality is a lot more messy

Polacostudios/Shutterstock
O.l. PerkinsKing's College LondonAlexandra DeprezSciences Po , and Kate DooleyThe University of Melbourne

Is it possible to heat the planet to dangerous levels and then cool it down later? Economic models charting the world’s path to net zero emissions say yes.

Theoretically, the cheapest way to global decarbonisation is to delay cutting emissions to reach net zero and assume it will be possible to remove huge volumes of CO₂ from the atmosphere later. As the annual UN climate conference kicks off in Azerbaijan, hopes of sticking to the 1.5°C target, while continuing to expand fossil fuel production, are based on this assumption.

However, this bet on future large-scale carbon removal risks becoming a “get out of jail free” clause that allows high emissions to continue inflaming the climate crisis.

new study by leading scientists has criticised the overconfidence of policymakers and climate modellers – even the authors of the 2015 Paris agreement – for making this gamble. Their research highlights the pitfalls of assuming temperature thresholds can be safely exceeded and then reinstated.

They’re right – and the problem runs even deeper. The challenge of implementing carbon removal at the scale required isn’t simply a matter of the technology being available and cost effective to deploy. Large-scale CO₂ removal depends on there being vast amounts of land to store carbon in trees and soil.

Credible and sustainable limits

The sheer space needed for schemes like tree planting and bioenergy with carbon capture and storage (burning biomass, capturing the carbon and storing it underground) would demand a transformation of how we use and manage land that may be almost impossible to deliver. And if it were actually deployed, it would further traverse other planetary boundaries, with potentially irreversible consequences.

If scientific modelling of the path to net zero emissions fails to account for these obstacles, policymakers could receive flawed advice.

In articles we published recently in the academic journals Nature CommunicationsScience and One Earth, we proposed how to reframe the role of carbon removal in reaching net zero emissions. A more sober assessment of carbon removal’s real-world potential will help realise its contribution to keeping global temperatures down, and refocus attention on the primary task of cutting emissions: phasing out fossil fuels.

Changing how people use land looks feasible on paper, but it often falls apart in the real world because of a complex web of social, cultural, environmental and political factors unique to each region.

Think about British sheep farmers. Their operations might not be highly profitable or climate friendly, but farming is their identity and heritage. Cold rationality says we should turn that land into forests, but culture and politics say that’s impossible.

In Brazil, soybean farmers often accrue significant debt and enter exclusive contracts with multinational seed producers, legally binding them to certain farming practices. Their use of land isn’t just a job, it’s often a trap of inescapable legal and financial commitments.

A farmer tending a coffee plant.
Land-use change risks bitter conflict with farmers and other land managers. Alf Ribeiro/Shutterstock

Setting aside vast territory to whisk away carbon would force major trade-offs and leave governments relying on the fantasy of perfectly balanced trade to feed their populations. In reality, governments will always put a plentiful food supply first. India’s 2023 ban on rice exports after a poor harvest shows how food security influences government decisions.

Changing how people use land to produce food, timber and fibre for clothes at the scale needed to lower temperatures means working with tens of millions of small family farms. Or it implies horrific human rights abuses if their consent is overridden.

These hurdles are systemic challenges to land-based carbon removal – and hence, of scenarios that assume overshooting and then returning below 1.5ºC of global warming.

Don’t forget ecology

Take California, where the state government experimented with rolling out a forest-based carbon removal project. This was found to be among the cheapest forms of land-based removal in the most recent IPCC report. The project included an additional risk pool of extra trees to mitigate against fire consuming the carbon the forest had removed.

The pool was intended to last a century, but burned down after ten years. The implication? Carbon removal in California will need to gobble up even more land than planned.

These examples tell us that we haven’t accepted the reality of mitigating climate change using land. Compare this with renewable energy. Researchers have a sophisticated understanding of challenges like the intermittency of energy generation from solar panels and wind turbines that can engender solutions like battery storage. As a result, clearer routes exist for scaling up renewables than for sustainable carbon removal.

A plan for global carbon removal will need to take social and political systems seriously. It also needs to factor in ecological limits – what evidence suggests ecosystems can tolerate without collapsing. This implies we should prioritise (at sustainable scales) carbon removal that also boosts biodiversity, such as restoring degraded forests, which sequester much more carbon than single-species plantations and are more resilient to increasing climate hazards like fires.

Durable, nature-positive schemes will require engaging and consulting with local communities, rather than top-down identikit solutions. This takes time.

Changing the way people use millions of hectares of land can’t be done on a spreadsheet. It requires policymakers to engage with the rich and messy reality of the way humans live on it. The patchwork of failed carbon removal schemes around the world suggests that doing this is much harder than is currently understood.

Both science and politics need to take account of this, and fast.



Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get our award-winning weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


O.l. Perkins, Research Associate, King's College LondonAlexandra Deprez, Research Fellow, International Climate Governance, Iddri, Sciences Po , and Kate Dooley, Research Fellow, School of Geography, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Companies are buying up cheap carbon offsets − data suggest it’s more about greenwashing than helping the climate

Greenwashing involves giving false impressions about a company’s impact on the environment. Illustration by WhataWin/iStock/Getty Images Plus
Sehoon KimUniversity of Florida

Carbon offsets have become big business as more companies make promises to protect the climate but can’t meet the goals on their own.

When a company buys carbon offsets, it pays a project elsewhere to reduce greenhouse gas emissions on its behalf – by planting trees, for example, or generating renewable energy. The idea is that reducing greenhouse gas emissions anywhere pays off for the global climate.

But not all offsets have the same value. There is growing skepticism about many of the offsets sold on voluntary carbon markets. In contrast to compliance markets, where companies buy and sell a limited number of allowances that are issued by regulators, these voluntary carbon markets have few rules that can be enforced consistently. Investigations have found that many voluntary offset projects, forest management projects in particular, have done little to benefit the climate despite their claims.

specialize in sustainable finance and corporate governance. My colleagues and I recently conducted the first systematic, evidence-based look at the global landscape of voluntary carbon offsets used by hundreds of large, publicly listed firms around the world.

The results raise questions about how some companies use these offsets and cast doubt on how effective voluntary carbon markets – at least in their current state – are in assisting a global transition to net-zero-emissions.

Which companies use low-quality offsets might surprise you

Our analysis shows that the global carbon-offset market has grown to comprise a rich variety of offset projects. Some generate renewable energy, contribute to energy-efficient housing and appliances, or capture and store carbon. Others preserve forests and grassland. The majority are based in Asia, Africa and the Americas, but they exist in other regions too.

Companies use these projects to boost their environmental claims in order to help attract investors, customers and support from various groups. That practice has skyrocketed, from virtually nothing in 2005 to roughly 30 million metric tons of carbon offset per year in 2022. Investment banking firm Morgan Stanley in 2023 forecast that the voluntary offset market would grow to about US$100 billion by 2030 and to around $250 billion by 2050.

For our analysis, we examined 866 publicly traded companies that used offsets between 2005 and 2021.

We found that large firms with a high percentage of big institutional investors and commitments to reach net-zero emissions are particularly active in voluntary carbon markets.

Our results also reveal a peculiar pattern: Industries with relatively low emissions, such as services and financial industries, are much more intensive in their use of offsets. Some used offsets for almost all of the emissions cuts they claimed.

In contrast, high-emissions industries, such as oil and gas, utilities or transportation, used negligible amounts of offsets compared to their heavy carbon footprints.

These facts cast a cloud of doubt on how effective voluntary carbon markets could really be at cutting global greenhouse gas emissions. They also raise questions about companies’ motives for using offsets.

Why companies rely on offsets: 2 explanations

One explanation for these patterns is that offsetting is a means to “outsource” efforts to transition away from greenhouse gas emissions. Companies with smaller carbon footprints find it cheaper to buy offsets than to make expensive investments in reducing their own emissions.

At the same time, we found that emissions-heavy companies were more likely to reduce their own emissions in-house, because offsetting massive amounts of emissions every year for an indefinite future would be more costly.

A more pernicious explanation for the growth in voluntary offsets is that offsets enable “greenwashing.” In this view, companies use offsets to cheaply refurbish their image to naive stakeholders who are not well informed about the quality of offsets. Agencies rate offset projects on how likely they are to meet their climate claims, among other indicators of the trustworthiness of offsets. Our reviews of pricing data and ratings found that projects rated as low quality have substantially lower prices.

We found that relatively few of the 1,413 offset projects used by companies in our sample had been verified as high quality by an external carbon rating agency. Most offset credits used by companies were strikingly cheap. More than 70% of retired offsets were priced below $4 per ton.

These explanations are not mutually exclusive. We found that low-emissions companies could easily alter their peer rankings for ESG performance – how well they do on environmental, social and governance issues – by offsetting a small quantity of emissions.

Fixing the voluntary market for the future

Our findings have important implications as policymakers and regulators debate rules for the voluntary carbon markets.

The data suggests that voluntary carbon markets are currently flooded with cheap, low-quality offsets, likely due to a lack of integrity guidelines and regulations for voluntary carbon markets to ensure the transparency and authenticity of offset projects. This lack of guidelines may also encourage the use of low-quality offsets.

Ever since Article 6 of the Paris climate agreement created principles for carbon markets and ways countries could cooperate to reach climate targets, agreeing on how to implement those principles has been a challenge. For the principles to be successful, negotiators must agree on project eligibility and information disclosure standards, among other issues.

In April 2024, SBTi, the world’s leading science-based arbiter of corporate climate targets, added urgency to that process when it announced that it would allow companies to meet their carbon goals with carbon offsets to cover emissions in their supply chains.

The following month, the U.S. Treasury, Energy and Agriculture departments jointly released a policy statement laying out their own template for rules to govern voluntary carbon markets. “Voluntary carbon markets can help unlock the power of private markets to reduce emissions, but that can only happen if we address significant existing challenges,” U.S. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen said at the time.

Article 6 and standards for carbon offsets are on the agenda for the 2024 United Nations climate conference, COP29, Nov. 11-22 in Baku, Azerbaijan.

With many segments of voluntary carbon markets faltering, the COP29 summit may be a make-or-break moment for voluntary carbon offsets to become a viable contributor to decarbonization going forward.The Conversation

Sehoon Kim, Assistant Professor of Finance, University of Florida

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Authoritarian fossil fuel states keep hosting climate conferences – how do these regimes operate and what do they want?

Halit Sadik, Shutterstock
Ellie MartusGriffith University and Fengshi WuUNSW Sydney

For the third year in a row, the United Nations Climate Change Conference will be hosted by an authoritarian state that sells fossil fuels. This week the 29th “conference of the parties”, COP29, is being held in Baku, Azerbaijan. It follows COP28 in Dubai, the United Arab Emirates last year and COP27 in Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt the year before that.

It’s concerning that a succession of authoritarian and fossil fuel-rich states have been selected to host international climate negotiations. It means we must pay extra attention to political influences on the talks and beware of greenwashing by the hosts.

The domestic politics of these states also shapes global supply chains of fossil fuels and critical minerals. This in turn directly affects Australia’s trade, economy and foreign policies.

There are now more authoritarian and hybrid regimes globally than there are democracies. So some basic understanding of how authoritarian states respond to climate change matters, for Australia and the rest of the world.

What is an authoritarian state and why should we care?

Power in authoritarian states is concentrated in the hands of a single ruler or group of elites. People under authoritarian rule lack many basic human rights, and risk punishment for speaking out against the political regime. Rule of law and political institutions are weak, so abuse of power can go unchecked.

Not all authoritarian states are fossil fuel producers, although many are. Some also supply critical minerals for electric vehicles and renewable energy.

China dominates global critical minerals supply chains and electric vehicle manufacturing.

Russia remains one of the largest fossil fuels producers and exporters, despite sanctions since 2022. It is also using revenues from these exports to continue its war in Ukraine.

Most of the major oil, coal and gas producers in the Middle East and Central and Southeast Asia are non-democracies or hybrid autocracies. UAE lifted oil production after hosting COP28.

Indonesia, considered “partly free”, is the world’s largest coal exporter. Despite having signed the Paris Agreement, the Indonesian government recently approved close to one billion tonnes of coal mining. Domestic coal consumption and export is expected to rise.

What is at stake at COP29?

At COP29, countries are expected to announce stronger national climate commitments. This is essential for limiting global temperature rise to 1.5°C and achieving net-zero emissions by mid-century.

It is hoped more concrete steps will also be taken towards providing financial support to developing countries struggling with the energy transition.

In previous years, authoritarian states have been able to block or undermine progress at international climate negotiations. Expect to see more of this at COP29.

China’s cautious approach to phasing out coal has affected COP negotiations in the past. Even after COP28, where a roadmap to transition away from fossil fuel was agreed, coal remains crucial to China’s economy.

At COP27 in Egypt, Russian energy lobbyists were permitted to attend even after the invasion of Ukraine. They met with heads of states and energy ministers from Africa, Asia and the rest of the world.

Russia will likely use COP29 to promote its own agenda, including its nuclear export industry. Since the war began, Russia has sought to frame Western-led cooperation on climate as a form of neo-colonialism designed to undermine its economy and others like it.

The mere fact COP29 is being held in Azerbaijan may be a consequence of Russian intervention. Russia reportedly opposed COP29 being held in Bulgaria after the European Union condemned the invasion of Ukraine and imposed sanctions.

Climate politics in autocracies

Finally, evidence suggests as climate change intensifies, authoritarianism could gain legitimacy over liberal democratic norms, for several reasons.

First, authoritarian states can provide effective short-term disaster response and relief. The central authorities in these states can mobilise considerable human and material resources without many institutional checks and balances.

Second, authoritarian states can introduce large-scale green energy technologies, such as solar, wind, hydro and nuclear, using substantial government funding. This has happened in China and many other states, including Laos, Vietnam, and Morocco. In doing so, authoritarian states can portray themselves as more capable than democracies.

Finally, following the demise of fossil fuel-related industries, functioning authoritarian states can manage massive job losses and suppress social resentment in ways democratic governments do not.

Challenges lie ahead

Long-standing democracies such as the United States and Australia have been bogged down in the complex politics around climate and energy transition. This has led to scientific evidence being questioned, crackdowns on environmental activism, and restrictions on media freedom. We need to make sure addressing climate change doesn’t undermine democratic principles.

What’s more, authoritarian and fossil fuel rich states have actively funded climate denial in democratic societies. For example, Russia was found to be promoting anti-climate misinformation on social media.

As far as China goes, the global superpower is extending its geopolitical influence by helping developing countries access cheap renewable energy technologies from non-Western sources. This challenges the leading role of the US and the West in the field of international cooperation on climate change.

As COP29 gets underway, the potential for authoritarian states to shape the outcomes remains strong. Understanding how these regimes work, and what they want, is vital as they affect global cooperation on climate change.The Conversation

Ellie Martus, Senior Lecturer in Public Policy, School of Government and International Relations, Griffith University and Fengshi Wu, Associate Professor in Political Science and International Relations, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Prime time for cicadas: what a once-in-1,547-year bug population surge tells us about the nature of reality

Aussiepics / Shutterstock
Sam BaronThe University of Melbourne

It’s a big year in America – for wildlife as well as for politics. I’m talking about periodical cicadas.

These curious creatures spend most of their lives in the ground, emerging after 13 or 17 years to eat, breed, die and repeat the cycle. For the first time in more than 200 years, two specific broods of the 13- and 17-year cicadas have emerged together: Brood XIX, in the southeastern United States, and Brood XIII, found in the country’s Midwest.

What’s more, this time the emergence of these broods also happens to coincide with an unrelated event on the other side of the world: the emergence of a big batch of Australian greengrocer cicadas, which have a seven-year life cycle.

This remarkable event has been 1,547 years in the making. Thinking about it sheds light on some of the deepest questions about mathematics.

Did we invent mathematics, or was it there all along?

Are mathematical facts created or discovered? Ask a mathematician, and they are likely to tell you that mathematical facts are discovered.

But this is perplexing: if such facts are discovered, what are we discovering? Are mathematical facts somehow “out there” before we discover them? Does that mean there’s some realm of pure mathematics that we uncover with our minds?

These sorts of questions quickly begin to feel pretty uncomfortable. We find ourselves in deep metaphysical territory, beset by questions about the nature of reality.

For it seems that in addition to the physical components of the world, there must also exist things like numbers, and even more exotic mathematical entities such as sets and functions. These seem to be real objects, that we gradually uncover through the activity of mathematics.

On the other hand, if we think of mathematics as an act of creation, these metaphysical questions disappear. Mathematics can be like a language we’ve invented to describe the world.

In this picture, mathematics is just a very precise way of speaking that happens to be useful.

Which brings us back to the cicadas: these little critters put pressure on the idea that mathematics is something we created ourselves.

Cicada life cycles

North American cicadas have life cycles that last for prime numbers of years. Why 13 or 17 years? Why not 12, 14, 15 or 16?

One explanation asks us to imagine the cicadas are hunted by periodical predators that spend most of their lives in the ground and then, after a period of time, emerge to hunt. In particular, suppose there are five species of predator, with life cycles of two, three, four, five, six and seven years.

A cicada will have the best chance of survival if it can emerge from the ground when its predators are lying dormant. The cicadas with the best chance of survival will therefore be those that manage to avoid emerging at the same time as their predators.

It turns out the best way to avoid periodical predators is to move to a life cycle that lasts a prime number of years.

To see this, suppose a cicada has 12-year life cycle. Whenever it comes out of the ground, there will be predators with two-, three-, four- and six-year life cycles on the hunt.

A cicada with a 14-year life cycle will overlap with predators possessing two- and seven-year life cycles, and a cicada with a 15-year life cycle will overlap with predators on three- and five-year cycles. Cicadas with 13- or 17-year life cycles, by contrast, will generally avoid all of these predators.

Diagram of different life cycles.
Each P is a predator life-cycle. Having a prime-numbered life-cycle is a handy way to avoid every nearby predator. Sam BaronCC BY-SA

There is a general mathematical result that explains all of this, involving the lowest common multiple of two numbers: the smallest number that both can divide into evenly.

How often a cicada overlaps with a predator turns out to depend on the lowest common multiple of the cicada and predator life-cycles. For instance, a cicada with a 12-year life cycle and a predator with a two-year life cycle will overlap every 12 years, which is the lowest common multiple of two and 12. By contrast, a cicada with a 13-year life cycle and a predator with a 2-year life cycle will only overlap every 26 years.

As a general rule, having a prime-numbered life cycle is a very good way for a cicada to ensure it overlaps as little as possible with its predator.

Another theory suggests the prime-numbered life cycles actually help cicadas avoid interbreeding with other broods. Either way, similar mathematical logic applies.

This is also why Australian cicadas (with their seven-year cycle) overlap so infrequently with their US cousins (with 13- and 17-year cycles). The lowest common multiple of seven, 13 and 17 is 1,547!

What happens when mathematics explains biology?

As the US philosopher Alan Baker has argued, this biological explanation for why cicadas have prime-numbered life cycles relies heavily on mathematics. In this case, it seems like facts about mathematics explain facts about biology and evolution.

This is very hard to understand if mathematics is something we have simply created. If mathematics is a language we invented, why should it apparently guide the evolutionary history of cicadas? This would be a bit like saying the planets move the way they do because of how we talk about them in English.

Once we start looking for these explanations involving mathematics, they seem to be everywhere. To take an example from my own research: why do gears in machinery generally have prime numbers of teeth?

The answer is very similar to the cicada story. If gears have a prime-numbered amount of teeth, then the same two teeth will contact each other much less frequently than if the gear-teeth are not prime-numbered.

This ensures that if there is an imperfection on a specific pair of teeth, one from each gear, then the imperfections won’t keep striking each other. This way, the chance of the gear failing is minimised.

The end of an empire

One thousand, five hundred and forty-seven years is a long time – long enough to see empires rise and fall.

Indeed, the last time American and Australian cicadas emerged together, in the year 477, the Western Roman Empire was in the throes of collapse.

It is, of course, a coincidence that they have emerged again at what may be another turning point in Western civilisation. One can’t help but wonder, though: are the bugs to blame?The Conversation

Sam Baron, Associate Professor, Philosophy of Science, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater Reserves: histories + Notes + Pictorial Walks

A History Of The Campaign For Preservation Of The Warriewood Escarpment by David Palmer OAM and Angus Gordon OAM
A Saturday Morning Stroll around Bongin Bongin - Mona Vale's Basin, Mona Vale Beach October 2024 by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Along The Centre Track At Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park: June 2024 - by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Around Manly Dam: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
A Stroll Through Warriewood Wetlands by Joe Mills February 2023
A Walk Around The Cromer Side Of Narrabeen Lake by Joe Mills
A Walk on the Duffy's Wharf Track October 2024 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
America Bay Track Walk - photos by Joe Mills
An Aquatic June: North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Collaroy photos by Joe Mills 
Angophora Reserve  Angophora Reserve Flowers Grand Old Tree Of Angophora Reserve Falls Back To The Earth - History page
Annie Wyatt Reserve - A  Pictorial
Aquatic Reflections seen this week (May 2023): Narrabeen + Turimetta by Joe Mills 
Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry  
Avalon Beach This Week: A Place Of A Bursting Main, Flooding Drains + Falling Boulders Council Announces Intention To Progress One LEP For Whole LGA + Transport Oriented Development Begins
Avalon's Village Green: Avalon Park Becomes Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Bairne Walking Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP by Kevin Murray
Bangalley Headland  Bangalley Mid Winter
Bangalley Headland Walk: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Banksias of Pittwater
Barrenjoey Boathouse In Governor Phillip Park  Part Of Our Community For 75 Years: Photos From The Collection Of Russell Walton, Son Of Victor Walton
Barrenjoey Headland: Spring flowers 
Barrenjoey Headland after fire
Bayview Baths
Bayview Sea Scouts Hall: Some History
Bayview Wetlands
Beeby Park
Bilgola Beach
Bilgola Plateau Parks For The People: Gifted By A. J. Small, N. A. K. Wallis + The Green Pathways To Keep People Connected To The Trees, Birds, Bees - For Children To Play 
Botham Beach by Barbara Davies
Bungan Beach Bush Care
Careel Bay Saltmarsh plants 
Careel Bay Birds  
Careel Bay Clean Up day
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Centre trail in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
Chiltern Track- Ingleside by Marita Macrae
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability; Bungan: Bungan Headland To Newport Beach + Bilgola: North Newport Beach To Avalon + Bangalley: Avalon Headland To Palm Beach
Duck Holes: McCarrs Creek by Joe Mills
Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Dundundra Falls Reserve: August 2020 photos by Selena Griffith - Listed in 1935
Elsie Track, Scotland Island
Elvina Track in Late Winter 2019 by Penny Gleen
Elvina Bay Walking Track: Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills 
Elvina Bay-Lovett Bay Loop Spring 2020 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Fern Creek - Ingleside Escarpment To Warriewood Walk + Some History photos by Joe Mills
Hordern Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2024 Photos of park from top to beach
Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History
Ingleside
Ingleside Wildflowers August 2013
Irrawong - Ingleside Escarpment Trail Walk Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Mullet Creek Restoration
Katandra Bushland Sanctuary - Ingleside
Lucinda Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2022 Pictures
McCarrs Creek
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Warriewood Wetlands - Creeks Deteriorating: How To Report Construction Site Breaches, Weed Infestations + The Long Campaign To Save The Warriewood Wetlands & Ingleside Escarpment March 2023
Warriewood Wetlands and Irrawong Reserve
Whale Beach Ocean Reserve: 'The Strand' - Some History On Another Great Protected Pittwater Reserve
Whale Migration Season: Grab A Seaside Pew For The Annual Whalesong But Keep Them Safe If Going Out On The Water
Wilshire Park Palm Beach: Some History + Photos From May 2022
Winji Jimmi - Water Maze

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Odes to Australia's Fairy-wrens by Douglas Brooke Wheelton Sladen and Constance Le Plastrier 1884 and 1926

Oystercatcher and Dollarbird Families - Summer visitors

Pacific Black Duck Bath

Painted Button-Quail Rescued By Locals - Elanora-Ingleside escarpment-Warriewood wetlands birds

Palm Beach Protection Group Launch, Supporters InvitedSaturday Feb.16th - Residents Are Saying 'NO' To Off-Leash Dogs In Station Beach Eco-System - reports over 50 dogs a day on Station Beach throughout December-January (a No Dogs Beach) small children being jumped on, Native birds chased, dog faeces being left, families with toddlers leaving beach to get away from uncontrolled dogs and 'Failure of Process' in council 'consultation' open to February 28th 

Pardalote, Scrub Wren and a Thornbill of Pittwater

Pecking Order by Robyn McWilliam

Pelican Lamps at Narrabeen  Pelican Dreamsong - A Legend of the Great Flood - dreamtime legend for children

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth – For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve

October 28 - November 30, 2024: Week one to Two

A Turtle-y Awesome Rescue By Whale Beach SLSC + Shell us what you see this Summer: TurtleWatch needs your help!

A quiet and reasonably uneventful weekend patrol for Whale Beach SLSC members quickly turned into an afternoon to remember on Sunday 3 November, after an unexpected alert from a member of the public right on knock-off.  

Club Captain Olivia Rees-Ewen had just jumped in to help pack up patrol when they were approached and alerted to a turtle upside down and in distress around past the rock pool.  

"We sent two patrol members around to check it out and the jet ski was on-hand as well but when they got there, they realised it wasn’t safe to move it,” she said. 

The turtle was too heavy for the lifesavers to move over the rocks, so they called the rescue into the State Operations Centre and NSW National Parks and Wildlife was able to respond to assist. 

Like with any rescue scenario, the lifesavers stayed with the patient until help arrived.  


At 4.45pm the team, along with Ben from NSW National Parks & Wildlife, was able to get the turtle on a spinal board and move it out of the rock area.  

“We needed four people to move the turtle and six to hoist it onto the vehicle,” Olivia added.  


After a successful rescue, the turtle - named ''Crush'' by the patrol - was transported to the Taronga Zoo hospital.  

Receiving an average of 40 marine turtles annually, the Taronga Wildlife Hospital - Sydney (TWH) has successfully released rehabilitated green turtles with satellite trackers to discover where they go and assess their survivability upon release. 

In addition, TWH and the Australian Registry of Wildlife Health have collected over 200 green turtle samples from health investigations over the last decade. Using these samples and the satellite tracking data, this project is employing the latest scientific techniques to identify important foraging and resting sites along the NSW coast and examine connectivity between natal breeding sites and foraging sites. 

This knowledge is crucial to understand turtle ecology and to assess the impact of threatening processes (e.g. plastic ingestion, entanglements, disease, boat strikes) on green turtle breeding stocks. This will in turn assist in the development of more effective management strategies for the conservation of this migratory species. 

Taronga’s scientists have partnered with NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Sydney Institute of Marine Sciences to assess the movement and habitat use of free-ranging marine turtles in New South Wales. 

Through satellite tracking and diet analysis, this project will help identify biologically important areas for marine turtles in NSW and inform regional conservation priorities for these threatened species. 

In June 2024, the team successfully attached satellite trackers to two Loggerhead Turtles that had been caught on scuba in Forster and one Green Turtle caught in the shallow waters of Coffs Harbour Marina.

To date, all three turtles have remained in the local area where they were caught, providing much needed scientific data to support the notion that New South Wales is an important foraging ground for marine turtles. 

Additional fieldtrips to satellite track green, hawksbill and loggerhead turtles will be conducted over the next three years, with the aims to compare movement, diet and natal origins with our pre-existing data from stranded marine animals.   

Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby will be pleased to hear about the rescue - Mrs. Scruby nominated loggerhead turtles as her favourite local wildlife species when joining the rounds of 2023 Ringtail Posses as a member of the Inaugural Crew. 

Jacqui had seen a loggerhead regular of Whale Beach in Dolphin Bay.

See: Ringtail Posse: 1 – February 2023; Anna Maria Monticelli: King Parrots/Water Dragons - Jacqui Scruby: Loggerhead Turtle - Lyn Millett OAM: Flying-Foxes - Kevin Murray: Our Backyard Frogs -  Miranda Korzy: Brushtail Possums  

Of course the MP for Pittwater isn't the only resident who has a 'crush' on local turtles.

In related news, NSW TurtleWatch is calling on the public to keep their eyes peeled at the beach this Summer and help expand our understanding of nesting sea turtles by reporting nesting locations you spot up and down the coastline.

As 144 Green Turtle eggs were laid at North Steyne in January 2020, this would apply to the Manly to Barrenjoey peninsula too.

The public play a vital role in aiding in the survival of sea turtles across the state through not only monitoring critical nesting habitat, but also identifying potential threats to nesting sea turtles. If you’re down at the beach and spot sea turtle tracks or a nest, please call NSW TurtleWatch on 0447 877 149 or NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) on 1300 072 757.

To best help our sea turtles, you can:
  • walk your local beach early in the morning, as sea turtles generally nest during the night
  • keep your eyes peeled for any tracks in the sand, which are usually 80–100 cm wide and can sometimes be mistaken for tyre tracks
  • take your phone with you so you can quickly call NSW TurtleWatch or NPWS if you see signs of turtles, tracks or a nest, as well as potential threats to these nesting turtles.
Last nesting season was one of the highest on record for NSW Turtlewatch, with 16 total nesting events recorded from New Brighton Beach in the Byron Shire to Diamond Beach on the Mid North Coast.

During nesting season, sea turtles lay around 100 eggs per clutch on the beach and leave them in the sand to incubate for around 2 months. The sand’s temperature determines the hatchlings' sex, with cooler sand producing more males, while warmer sand yields more females.

NSW TurtleWatch has been developed by Australian Seabird and Turtle Rescue and is proudly funded by the NSW Government.

NSW TurtleWatch Project Officer Merryn Dunleavy said this week:
'In NSW, we are very lucky to have both green turtle and loggerhead turtle species nesting on our coastlines. Both species are threatened by climate change, so it’s important we do everything we can to protect each nest.

'Sea turtle nests are vulnerable to a range of threats including predation, high tides, and erosion. The sooner we are notified of a nest, the quicker we can get down to the beach and physically protect and monitor the nest until it hatches.

'It’s estimated that only one in every 1000 hatchlings will reach maturity, meaning every single nest and hatchling that is protected, will make a huge impact on the survival of the species.

'With such a large expanse of coastline to monitor, we hope to engage more people to recognise and report turtle nesting activities. The more understanding we have, the more we will be able to ensure their protection in the future.'


Whale Beach SLSC Turtle-ys rescuers photos; courtesy WBSLSC Club Captain Olivia Rees-Ewen and Surf Life Saving NSW

Independent MPs call for major parties to release 2035 emissions reduction targets before the next election

Statement released: November 5, 2024
Independent MPs, including our own local federal MP for Mackellar Dr. Scamps, have united to call on the major parties to commit to releasing their 2035 emissions reduction targets before the next federal election, arguing Australians deserve clarity and transparency on climate commitments.

The call follows the Bureau of Meteorology and CSIRO’s 2024 State of the Climate Report which reveals Australia’s land mass has already warmed by 1.51 degrees. The report warns of the devastating impacts of further warming, including worsening heatwaves, bushfires, cyclones and floods.

See Week One November 2024 report: Shearwaters washing up on local beaches for third year in a row: Mass Mortalities of Starving Birds attributed to Australia's Lose-Lose Policy on the Australian Environment

The Climate Change Authority, which is tasked with providing advice on 2035 emissions reduction targets[1], has already suggested a reduction of 65 to 75 per cent by 2035 would be achievable[2].

However, neither of the major parties have to date been prepared to publicly commit. A number of crossbenchers are arguing the national target should be at least 75 per cent if we are to protect our communities, environment and economy.

They further argue that it’s outrageous the Climate Change and Energy Minister Chris Bowen will not commit to announcing Australia’s 2035 emissions reduction target before the next election.

Meanwhile, the Opposition continues to act regressively indicating it will scrap Australia’s 2030 targets while only releasing future targets if elected.

This is not good enough. Voters deserve better.

Both Labor and the Coalition must commit to unveiling 2035 emissions reduction targets before the election. Australians deserve to know what future they are voting for in 2025.

Kylea Tink Member for North Sydney said: “With a Trump Presidency showing just how vulnerable climate change policies are to political ideology, our major parties owe it to Australians to be completely transparent on their emission reductions targets and how they
plan to meet them.

Ultimately, Australians deserve to know exactly how committed the major parties are to climate action before they go to the polls.”

Zoe Daniel Member for Goldstein said: “Voters deserve to be provided with the full information they need to make an informed decision on climate policy at the next election I repeat my call for the government to up their ambition and adopt a climate target of at least 75% by 2035. This is close to the minimum required for us to meet our Paris commitments.

As well as a clear commitment to an ambitious target, I call on the major parties to back their targets up with the specifics; not only do Australians deserve to know what the major parties’ targets are, they deserve to know what the plan is to get there. Ambitious action on climate change is a huge opportunity that Australia is uniquely positioned to grasp. Done well, it can make a material difference to people’s lives, including reducing the cost of living, while boosting the economy.”

Dr Monique Ryan Member for Kooyong said: “Australians want the major parties to demonstrate a strong commitment to action on climate change. Emissions reduction targets give industry certainty and will help guide the energy transition. Voters deserve to know exactly where the parties stand, before the next Federal election.”

Dr Sophie Scamps Member for Mackellar said: “Both the Government and Coalition need to come clean with Australians. Reducing greenhouse gases this decade is critical. Postponing reductions until the 2040s is too late as we are already suffering the consequences of warming.

The lack of transparency by both the Government and Coalition regarding their 2035 climate targets is alarming. Australians deserve to know before the next election what their targets will be. I particularly have grave concerns that the nuclear aspirations of the Coalition means that we will remain heavily reliant on coal up until 2050 which means Australia will continue to be a high emitting country throughout the 2030s and well into the 2040s.”

Zali Steggall Member for Warringah said: “Climate risks are rising and costing Australians more each year. Major parties need to be transparent about their emissions reduction goals before the next election so voters can assess if they're fair dinkum or not about tackling climate change.

We cannot insure our way out of the climate crisis so we must mitigate it and prepare. All sectors are clear: the markets needs strong clear long term target commitments and policy certainty.”

Mackellar MP Tables 'Save the Aussie Bush' Petition in Parliament

Mackellar MP Dr. Sophie Scamps tabled her 'Save the Aussie Bush' petition in the Australian Parliament on Monday November 4 2024. The petition which calls on the Albanese Government to announce an end to native forest logging, quickly attracted over 25 thousand signatories since being launched at the end of August 2024.

See September 1, 2024 report: For Those Whose Home Is Among The Gum Trees: Scamps, Labor Members, Greens, Australians at Local, State + Federal Level call for a Cessation of Habitat Destruction as NSW Government touts an 'Forestry Industry Action Plan' Consultation 

More in September 2023 report: Local MP's call for halt on habitat logging in state forests: Logging Continues Within So-Called 'Great Koala Park' - 20% To Be Destroyed Before Koala Park Even Established Under RFA's That Run Until 2048 In NSW - meanwhile, more habitat of last population of Sydney Koalas to be razed for profit 

Dr. Scamps stated, when tabling the petition:

''This petition has been signed by over 25,000 Australians desperate to end the destructive and uneconomic practices of native forest logging and deforestation. The petition is part of a campaign I've been running to save the Aussie bush. 

The Australian government is permitting native plants and animals to be pushed to the brink of extinction, and what's worse is that tens of millions of taxpayer dollars are being used to do it. 

Not only are we paying forestry corporations to log our native Aussie bush but it is being used to produce low-value products like wood chips and tomato stakes, all for a financial loss. 

Native bushland deserves protection. 

The Albanese government has the power to do it this year. 

This petition shows the community wants it done.''



In August this year the NSW Government established an ''Independent Forestry Panel'' to lead consultation on the sustainability of current and future forestry logging operations in NSW, ahead of the NSW Government developing its Forestry Industry Action Plan.

Those who submitted feedback to the initial consultation round received an update on Friday November 8.

The update stated:
''The Panel has been appointed to consult with stakeholders and report to the NSW Government on the best options to achieve the balance between sustainable supplies of timber and NSW’s environmental commitments, ahead of the NSW Government developing its Forestry Industry Action Plan.

Between 12 September and 13 October 2024 the Panel invited written submissions from individuals and organisations. The submission period has now closed, with approximately 1700 submissions being received, including submissions from more than 160 organisations. 

The Panel extends its thanks to those on this distribution list who provided a written submission. The effort put into preparing submissions is valued highly and each submission is being closely read, analysed and considered. In addition, the Panel are also making use of text analysis tools to identify themes across the diverse range of ideas and views in the large number of submissions received. 

The Panel has commenced meetings with targeted stakeholder, industry and advocacy groups and briefings from relevant government agencies. The Panel also heard from Members of Parliament and Members of the Legislative Council in a half-day session at Parliament House. Information will be made available under the Meetings tab on the Panel’s webpage once meetings are held. 

The qualitative stakeholder research undertaken by a third-party research company in support of the Panel's process is now completed and the Panel thanks participants for their time and involvement. An overview of this process can be found on the Panel webpage here: Qualitative Research Process.

The Panel’s webpage will continue to be updated with process, presentations and documents that can be made publicly available in line with the Panel’s Transparency Statement. The Panel will be providing a report to government before the end of the year. For the moment, the Panel’s webpage will be the most up-to-date source of information on the Panel’s activities.''

All the documents tabled so far may be accessed at: https://www.ipcn.nsw.gov.au/cases/2024/08/independent-forestry-panel

The previous NSW Government, despite widespread opposition, had already extended the Coastal Integrated Forestry Operations Approvals (IFOA) by 20 years in May 2018 when asking for community feedback.

Then Minister for Lands and Forestry Paul Toole and Minister for the Environment Gabrielle Upton said the Coastal IFOA remake was a ''vital step forward in the NSW Government’s forestry reform agenda''.

“The NSW Government is committed to the long term and sustainable management of NSW’s forestry estate, for the benefit of the community, environment and our $2.4 billion forestry and product manufacturing industry,” Mr Toole said.

This also signalled the then NSW Government's intention to expand logging into old growth areas as well.

At the July 2024 NSW Labor Party Annual Conference the Labor Environment Action Network (LEAN) was advocating for progress on two key issues: 

Action on deforestation - land clearing and native forest logging

stating;

'Australia is a global deforestation hotspot and NSW has been ranked the worst state for forest protection. The previous government weakened laws which have seen land clearing rates explode, to an astonishing rate of 382 football fields every day! We are also the only mainland state without a plan to transition from logging native forests to 100% plantation timber.'

And;

Supporting household electrification - 'Electrification is a leading way to reduce household energy costs whilst also addressing climate change and supporting domestic manufacturing. It is a win-win-win policy outcome for Labor, and NSW should be leading the way!'

LEAN, organised through 150 Labor branches across NSW, supported a motion (Motion 85) that could have led to the closure of native forestry and immediate transition to plantations.

The Motion, available on their website, reads:

{name} branch:

1. Congratulates the Minns and Albanese government’s environmental achievements after a decade of Liberal neglect.

2. Note that last year over 375 branches (170+ in NSW) passed motions calling on Labor to protect native forests, move to 100% plantation timber supply and end broad scale land clearing. ALP National Conference endorsed the need for a new National Forest Policy Statement and Minister Watt committed it would be delivered in this term of government.

3. Calls on Premier Minns and Ministers Sharpe and Moriarty to:

1. Urgently deliver reforms to stop runaway land clearing and work with farmers, providing incentives to restore and regenerate the land.

2. Transition to 100% plantation timber before the next state election.

3. Recognise the significant economic benefits to regional communities from protecting forests and restoring landscapes.

4. Calls on the Prime Minister, Ministers Watt and Plibersek to:

a. Deliver the new National Forest Policy Statement within this term of government.

b. Prioritize effective measures to end land broad scale clearing in Minister Plibersek’s Nature Positive Reforms.

An Introduction  reads:

Halt and reverse deforestation in NSW

Australia is the only developed nation to be listed as a global deforestation hotspot. NSW has been ranked the worst state for forest protection and restoration by WWF. This deforestation is being driven by land clearing and native forest logging. Habitat destruction is the single biggest threat to biodiversity in NSW, a leading cause of our extinction crisis.

Land clearing - Over the four years to 2021, NSW cleared an average of 95,000 ha and 50 million trees per annum, or 382 football fields every day. Land clearing is responsible for 10% of Australia's greenhouse gas emissions: 40 million tons in the year to June 2022. Ending deforestation is also important for agricultural market access as the EU and others have introduced regulations to penalize products linked to clearing. Prior to the 2023 election NSW Labor committed to “stop runaway land clearing”. The Labor platform also has commitments to “prevent broadacre clearing” and “ensure we achieve a net increase in vegetation cover”.

Native Forest Logging - NSW is also the only mainland state without a plan to phase out native forest logging. The industry is in structural decline, the government can either manage this transition or face a series of abrupt closures. NSW already sources over 94% of our wood products from plantations, getting to 100% plantations is possible. This industry is only surviving on taxpayer subsidies, the native forest division of Forestry Corporation persistently runs at a loss, totalling -$44m in the last 3 years. Ending logging in NSW would also avoid 64m tons of emissions out to 2050.

The Labor Party also supported a motion put forward by the CFMEU Manufacturing Division, which, with the support of Unions NSW, has pledged to support the state’s timber industry, an expansion of plantation estate and, crucially, extends support for the native forest industry “that creates rural, regional jobs and further down the supply chain in NSW.”

By August 1 Timber NSW and Forestry Australia, which has been lobbying to expand Australia’s carbon credits across all native forest tenures, including State forests, private native forests, forests managed by Traditional Owners, national parks and conservation reserves, were among the first to know of NSW Labor’s new policy on forestry as run by Wood Central in the report ''NSW Labor’s New Policy Binds Minns to $2.9B Timber Industry'.

Wood Central states it is; 'Australia’s first and only dedicated platform covering wood-based media across all digital platforms. Our vision is to develop an integrated platform for media, events, education, and products that connect, inform, and inspire the people and organisations who work in and promote forestry, timber, and fibre.'

Accordingly Wood Central ran:

NSW Labor’s new policy on forestry

NSW Labor recognises the value and role of our forests in storing carbon, protecting biodiversity and supporting regional communities. NSW Labor is strongly committed to contributing to the delivery of Australia’s commitments under the COP26 Glasgow Leaders Declaration on forests and land, which includes halting and reversing forest loss and land degradation by 2030 in recognition that deforestation increases greenhouse gas emissions.

NSW Labor also supports other priorities of the Forest & Climate Leaders’ Partnership, such as greening construction with sustainable wood, and supports a sustainable future for NSW’s forests and forest products industry to help achieve this objective.

Labor will update the NSW Forest Industry Roadmap to ensure it is contemporary and for purpose.

NSW Labor will:

  • Recognise the skills, knowledge and competencies of timber workers and their communities, as well as the central role First Nations communities play in restoring country and determining social, economic and environmental benefits flowing from forest management activity.
  • Expand NSWs plantation estate and processing and value adding capabilities to better satisfy increasing domestic and international demand for high-value, sustainably sourced and produced wood products, and develop an industry plan that facilitates regional job growth and vibrant sustainable communities.
  • Expand the objectives and benefits of public ownership and support, ensuring public investment delivers an equity stake or continued dividends for the people of NSW.
  • Support methods and systems for new management regimes for NSW forests that incentivise protection, conservation, restoration and/or sustainable use of NSW forests. This must prioritise the ongoing need for management, the effective use of by-products and restorative management where required along with the promotion of good and decent work.
  • Deliver the management and restoration of native forests, recognising and rewarding carbon and biodiversity values and the need for their active and ongoing management.
  • Harness the social, environmental, and economic benefits that our forests can provide.
  • Support increased supply of timber for residential housing construction, including support for new methods of engineered timber, modular housing and other methods to more economically utilize timber resources.

On August 26 the NSW Government announced to the rest of NSW residents the appointment of an expert panel to lead consultation on a 'Forestry Industry Action Plan', which the government states will outline the path NSW will take to ensure a sustainable timber industry that aligns with the government’s key environmental priorities.

The Statement reads:

The Independent Forestry Panel will be chaired by Peter Duncan AM who has more than 40 years’ experience in primary industries, infrastructure and regional NSW.

Professor Mary O’Kane AC and the Hon. Mick Veitch will also sit on the Panel.

The Panel will be tasked with consulting with a broad range of stakeholders and report to Government on the best options to achieve the balance between sustainable supplies of timber and our environmental commitments.

Stakeholders include representatives from the timber industry, forest growers, environment groups, unions, Aboriginal communities, local government, business, related industries, tourism, scientific experts and the Commonwealth Government.

The Plan will address the following key areas:

Sustainability of current and future forestry operations in NSW;

Environmental and cultural values of forests, including threatened species;

Community demand for timber products, particularly as relates to NSW housing, construction, mining, transport and retail;

The future of softwood and hardwood plantations and the continuation of Private Native Forestry in helping meet timber supply needs;

The role of State Forests in maximising the delivery of a range of environmental, economic and social outcomes;

Opportunities to realise carbon and biodiversity benefits and support carbon and biodiversity markets, and mitigate and adapt to climate change risks; and

Greenhouse gas emission impacts of different uses of forests and assessment of climate change risks to forests.

The former Coalition Government neglected to plan for the future of this industry, so the NSW Government is taking action to give certainty to communities, workers and industry.

To stay informed on the Independent Forestry Panel’s process, please register your interest at www.nsw.gov.au/have-your-say/forestry-industry-action-plan

Minister for the Environment Penny Sharpe said:

“The NSW Government is consulting on the future of forestry in NSW.

“Whether it’s hardwood, softwood or private native forest, our forests and the native species which call them home have faced challenges including bushfires, floods and the ongoing risks due to climate change.

“We want your input on what forests and a sustainable forestry industry will look like in the next 30 years.

“The expert panel will consult a wide range of stakeholders and we encourage everyone to have their say.”

Minister for Regional NSW Tara Moriarty said:

"We need both trees and wood, and we must strike the right balance for communities and our environment in regional NSW.

“Timber is a crucial part of our everyday lives, with timber needed for community and government priorities such as housing, transport infrastructure, electricity distribution, and freight transport.

“The families, businesses and communities that make up this industry will be considered for the Action Plan. Their knowledge and experience will be essential for understanding the issues and finding the solutions.

“Our timber workers also play a crucial role, when we need it most, to protect our forests and our communities during bushfires. They are part of our frontline in those difficult times, where their skills and equipment are critical in the fight.

“The consultative work that is set to go into this Action Plan will ensure all stakeholders are listened to and we arrive at the best future for the timber industry and sustainable state forests.”

two koalas sit on pile of logs

Photo: WWF

On Friday August 30 2024 the Office of Sue Higginson, Greens Member of the NSW Legislative Council and NSW Greens spokesperson for Climate Change, Environment, Planning, Justice & Attorney general, First Nations Justice &Heritage, Agriculture, Regional Communities, North Coast, Mid North Coast, New England and North West, released the following Statement:

Forests forgotten, Minister unaware of logging influence

Questions from the Greens in Budget Estimates have revealed that the Minister for the Environment was unaware of the details for the newly announced Independent Forestry Panel prior to the appointment of a former Forestry CEO. The new panel is set to advise the Government on the timber industry and environmental commitments, despite having no qualified forest scientist appointed. 

Greens MP and spokesperson for the environment Sue Higginson said “It’s a slap in the face to the 70% of NSW that support the end of native forest logging in this state, that the Government has appointed a former CEO of the Forestry Corporation to this panel and no expert in forest ecology,”

“That the Minister for the Environment couldn’t confirm that she even knew a former forestry executive was going to be appointed as the chair of this panel is deeply concerning and has given weight to the already low community trust in this process,”

“It’s not a criticism of the intelligence or ability of the panel members to question why the protection of native forests is not being represented. Both the Premier and the Minister have defended this decision but have not given any weight to the importance of genuine forest ecology qualifications,”

“We have already seen through the increased logging in the proposed Great Koala National Park that the Government is failing their environment commitments, this latest panel and industry plan is entrenching the political failure of the Minns Labor Government,”

“As long as the position of the Minister for the Environment is that native forest logging should take precedence over environment protection, forest dependent species will continue to be driven towards extinction,”

“If the Minister was not told about a former Forestry Executive being put forward for this panel, I have genuine concerns about how this information has been handled and how the decision on the Panel has been made by the Government. Was it intentional that they have not promoted Peter Duncan’s history in native forest logging, or is this just another industry vehicle to allow native forest logging to continue?” Ms Higginson said.

The day after the Government announced its 'Forestry Industry Action Plan' the North East Forest Alliance pointed out Mr. Duncan was once the Chief Executive Officer of the Forestry Corporation and that The Hon. Mick Veitch was previously the ALP’s shadow Forestry Minister.

Members wonder how 'fair dinkum' any consultation would be. To many the 'consultation' sounds just like the prior government's  Coastal IFOA 'consultation' - a fait accompli and a government kowtowing to lobbyist agendas.

On October 30 2024 the NSW Greens response to Minister for Climate Change and Energy, Chris Bowen stated:

'The Federal Government has shortlisted a methodology proposed by the NSW Government as part of their Australian Carbon Credit Unit (ACCU) scheme. The “Improved Native Forest Management in Multiple-use Public Forests” methodology proposes to generate carbon credits to be traded for hard to mitigate emissions as part of decarbonisation of industry.'

Greens MP and spokesperson for the Environment and Climate Change said “It is deeply disappointing that the NSW Minns Labor Government is so focussed on our precious native forests as sources of income through trading carbon credits. It is a perverse windfall to the biggest climate polluters operating in Australia, that we will allow them to buy out the carbon in our forests, for their own profit and so they can avoid their responsibility to decarbonise,”

We cannot allow the protection of our native forests from logging to be reliant on a carbon trading scheme - native forests, free from logging, are inherently valuable and should be accounted as one of our greatest assets. Our forests are our front line defence against the worst impacts of climate change and they are the best mechanism we have to draw down and store carbon - to then try to exploit this anymore is just policy failure,”

Right now in NSW we are industrially logging our forests, which are of global significance and the refugia for some of the world’s most unique and threatened plants and animals. Logging is currently driving the extinction crisis, making our forests more susceptible to increased and more intense fires, and it is costing the NSW public millions of dollars in losses and subsidies,” 

“Carbon markets have been notoriously difficult to manage with integrity, because the producer of emissions and the seller of credits both have a pecuniary interest in either underselling or overselling their side of the equation. To date, I have not seen any evidence that the NSW or Australian Governments will be able to manage this type of market any better than other places around the world. The NSW Minns Labor Government should just get on with the job in front of them and end native forest logging as an immediate priority” Ms Higginson said.


Mackellar MP Dr. Scamps and Wakehurst MP Michael Regan at Wedding Bells State Forest on August 30, 2023.


Favourite Trees in Pittwater: In John street, Avalon Beach - Angophora Costata (Sydney Red Gum)


in November 2024

in January 2018


Flowering at present - Elaeocarpus reticulatus, commonly known as the Blueberry Ash

Species of flowering plant in the family Elaeocarpaceae, and endemic to eastern Australia

Blue-banded bee named 2024 ABC Australian Inaugural Insect of the Year

A total of 13,593 people voted in the inaugural ABC Insect of the Year poll. Just over 50.1 per cent (6,815 votes) chose the blue-banded bee (Amegilla cingulata) from a field of six insect finalists selected by an expert panel.

Blue-banded bee. Pic: AJG/PON

The common hoverfly (Melangyna viridiceps) received the second highest number of votes with 13.0 per cent of all responses, followed by the Bogong moth (Agrotis infusa) with 11.4 per cent of the vote.


Hoverfly at Palm Beach. Pic; AJG/PON

About 9.9 per cent of voters selected the golden stag beetle (Lamprima aurata), 7.9 per cent chose the Lord Howe Island stick insect (Dryococelus australis), while 7.7 per cent voted for the Eltham copper butterfly (Paralucia pyrodiscus lucida).

Boosting populations of the critically endangered eastern bristlebird  

November 2024
Working with Saving Our Species and Currumbin Wildlife Sanctuary, the NSW National Parks & Wildlife Service has released a total of 22 captive-bred eastern bristlebirds since January last year into the Northern Rivers region. 

In good news, the team has already seen signs that these captive-bred birds are bonding with the wild population. 

The captive breeding and release program aims to boost genetic diversity, to increase the species northern population which currently makes up just 50 of the estimated 2,500 individuals left. 

Conserving this threatened species requires more than just releasing birds into the wild, restoring their habitat is also an essential step and part of NPWS's commitment to Zero Extinctions in NSW Parks.

Habitat degradation and weeds have significantly impacted the species range, so fire management, monitoring and weed management are all part of the wider strategy to protect the grassy understorey that this species inhabits.  

Video: S. Curran/Currumbin Wildlife Sanctuary

Taronga hosts 79th Annual World Association of Zoos and Aquariums

Taronga Conservation Society Australia is proud to welcome members of the international conservation community to Sydney for the 79th Annual World Association of Zoos and Aquariums (WAZA) conference. 

Aiming to promote global efforts in protecting and preserving our natural world, this conference unites more than 250 leaders in the zoo, aquarium, and conservation sectors to discuss action on global issues, such as habitat destruction, biosecurity, and species conservation.

WAZA President Karen Fifield said: “This is a time to reflect on the steps we need to take as a community to reflect and consider both our role and future, and how we can work together to achieve our shared vision and goals.” 

Taronga was selected to host this event by WAZA due to its globally recognised commitment to conservation, education, animal welfare and sustainability. 

Taronga CEO Cameron Kerr AO said: “We are witnessing the sixth global mass extinction event right before our eyes. At no time in history have zoos and aquariums had a more critical role in saving wildlife. The WAZA theme of ‘Transforming Zoos and Aquariums for 2050’ aims to ensure we are making the greatest impact for wildlife with the unique skills and resources we have.”

Set against the backdrop of Sydney Harbour on Cammeraigal Country, Taronga Zoo Sydney provides a stunning and inspiring environment that exemplifies the beauty of nature and the importance of wildlife conservation. 

Taronga’s dedicated team of experts and conservationists were actively involved in the conference, sharing their knowledge, experiences, and research. 

The WAZA conference ran from Sunday 3 – Thursday 7 November 2024.

Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Grants now open: Closes November 22 

The Crown Reserves Improvement Fund (CRIF) supports Crown land managers (CLMs) by providing funding for repairs, maintenance and improvements on Crown reserves. The funding aims to benefit the community, boost our economy and contribute to the cultural, sporting and recreational life of NSW.

The CRIF is a self-sustaining program that is supported by income generated from interest income on loans, leases and licences on Crown land, and levies from the operation of coastal Crown caravan parks.

The 2024-25 funding round will offer around $10m in grants to the highest priority projects. Priority is given to those applications that best address the assessment criteria and meet all eligibility criteria as detailed in the guidelines link below. Note that there will be no loans offered in this year’s funding round.

Though the 2024-25 annual funding round is for general, pest and weed projects, please note that this year’s general project grant round is targeting highly utilised reserves with projects that will have a significant community impact.

As many reserves will not be able to prepare a competitive general grant application for this funding round, further CRIF funds have been reserved and will be made available as strategic emergency grants to address urgent issues. Further information on strategic emergency grants will be published on this webpage when they are finalised.

The funding round will be open to all project types as follows:
  • General projects - showgrounds (on Crown land), caravan parks, state parks, local parks and other Crown reserves – please note freehold showgrounds and Commons are not eligible this year.
  • Pest projects - works on Crown reserves only.
  • Weed projects - works on Crown reserves only.
Key dates
  • Friday, 22 November 2024; Applications close 4.59pm AEST sharp
  • November to April; Eligibility, assessment and approval process
  • May 2025; Announcement of successful projects
  • May 2025 – June 2025; Outcome advice sent out with funding deeds. Grant acceptances and payment processing




2024-25 CRIF guidance documentation:
  • The CRIF Guidelines outline the application process and the program objectives. It is essential that you read the Guidelines before submitting an application.
  • Refer to Frequently Asked Questions for responses to questions you may have about this year's funding round.
  • You must agree to the terms and conditions of the CRIF before applying.
  • Funded projects must be completed within 12 months of receiving the funding.
  • CLMs must submit a final report within two months of the project’s completion. Download the latest report template.
  • Non-council CLMs (excluding Commons) must have submitted their 2023-24 Annual Report to the department by the round closing date via the Reserve manager portal.
  • The Procurement Guidelines provide information on acceptable procurement practices when spending public money.
  • Acknowledgement of NSW Government funding is a condition of the funding. Refer to the NSW Government Funding Acknowledgement Guidelines to help you decide the best acknowledgement for your project.
Guidance documentation available at: https://reservemanager.crownland.nsw.gov.au/funding/crif

NSW Parliamentary Inquiry into the management of cat populations in New South Wales: open for submissions until November 22

TERMS OF REFERENCE
That the Animal Welfare Committee inquire into and report on the management of cat populations in New South Wales, and in particular:

(a) the impact of cats on threatened native animals in metropolitan and regional settings
(b) the effectiveness of cat containment policies including potential barriers
(c) welfare outcomes for cats under contained conditions
(d) the effectiveness of community education programs and responsible pet ownership initiatives
(e) implications for local councils in implementing and enforcing cat containment policies
(f) the effectiveness and benefits to implementing large scale cat desexing programs
(g) the impact of potential cat containment measures on the pound system
(h) the outcomes of similar policies on cat containment in other Australian states or territories
(i) options for reducing the feral cat population
(j) any other related matters.

Submissions accepted until November 22, 2024

Garigal National Park: ‘1080 pest management’

Applies until Sat 01 Feb 2025, 2.12am. 
NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPEs) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluroacetate) for the control of foxes. 

The program is continuous and ongoing between 1 August 2024 and 31 January 2025 in Garigal National Park. Don’t touch baits or ejector devices. Penalties apply for non-compliance.
All baiting locations are identifiable by signs.

Domestic pets are not permitted in NSW national parks and reserves. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

Fox baiting in these reserves is aimed at reducing their impact on threatened species.

For more information, contact the local park office on: Forestville 9451 3479 (business hours)
NPWS after-hours call centre: 1300 056 294 (after hours)

More than 1,000 willing sellers respond to Basin tender towards 450

November 8, 2024
The Federal Government states its voluntary water purchase open tender has received more than 1,000 responses across the southern Murray-Darling Basin, exceeding the volume of water required.

The government states it is progressively returning 450 gigalitres of water to the environment by 2027 as it delivers the former coalition Basin Plan in full.

About 27.5 gigalitres, or 11,000 Olympic swimming pools of water, have already been recovered – up from just two gigalitres in May 2022. 

The tender, which closed in September 2024, sought to purchase eligible water rights for up to 70 gigalitres of surface water per year across five catchments in the southern connected Basin.

Responses are being evaluated and value-for-money offers will be accepted from December 2024. 

Voluntary purchase is just one of the ways that water will be recovered, with the government prioritising non-purchase options. 

The Resilient Rivers Program provides more than $494 million for water saving infrastructure projects nominated by states. One construction project, one water saving program and four feasibility projects, worth close to $90 million, have already been approved with more in the pipeline. The program also makes another $3 million available to states to develop land and water partnership proposals.

Earlier this year, the government made a record $300 million available to Basin state governments to support jobs and businesses in communities affected by voluntary water purchase. 

Minister for the Environment and Water, Tanya Plibersek has stated:

“We said from day one we’re committed to delivering the Murray-Darling Basin Plan in full – and that’s exactly what we’re doing.

“The overwhelming response to the voluntary tender shows there are many willing sellers who want to work with the Government to ensure the Basin river system continues to be healthy and sustainable for the communities, businesses, farmers and irrigators who rely on it.”

“We’re continuing to progress all options to deliver the 450 gigalitres of water for the environment.”

Wyangala water treatment plant complete

November 6, 2024
The Australian and NSW Governments have announced the $5.5 million Wyangala Water Treatment Plant in Central West NSW has been completed and will deliver up to 800,000 litres of clean drinking water every day.

The new plant has been delivered thanks to a 50/50 partnership between the Australian Government, through its National Water Grid Fund, and the NSW Government.

The village’s households were previously connected to an older treatment plant built in 1995. Residents were forced to boil water from 2017 as it did not meet Australian Drinking Water Guidelines.

Now, treated drinking water will be piped to both the township and the local holiday park, which hosts thousands of people every year.

The plant is owned and operated by Cowra Shire Council.

The project contractor Enviro Pacific Services employs one third of its workforce locally and supported 17 local businesses during the construction of the plant.

Federal Minister for Environment and Water, Tanya Plibersek said:

“Across Australia, about 600,000 people live in places without access to clean drinking water. That’s unacceptable. All communities must have access to clean, safe drinking water – including small communities like Wyangala.

“Our Government is committed to projects like this that have real, on the ground and lasting benefits.”

NSW  Minister for Water, Rose Jackson stated:

“We’re committed to delivering safer and more reliable drinking water for small communities like Wyangala to ensure they have the infrastructure they need to lock-in clean and healthy water for decades to come.

“The new water treatment plant has the latest technology so that locals can feel confident they’re always getting top notch drinking water whenever they turn on their taps.

“This project is a win for everyone – investing in water infrastructure improves the liveability of our regional towns, attracting more visitors and boosting the local economy.”

Cowra Shire Mayor, Paul Smith said:

“We would like to thank the Australian and NSW Governments for their support and collaboration by delivering a new water treatment plant that is fit for the 21st century.

“We are delighted to be part of this upgrade and are looking forward to offering a clean water supply to Wyangala residents.

“It will make a big difference for visitors to the Lake Wyangala recreation area as they have not had potable water in the past, and we hope it will help attract more visitors to this special corner of the Shire.”

The $5.5 million Wyangala Water Treatment Plant in Central West NSW has been completed. Photo: NSW Government

NSW Water Consultations open for Public Submissions:  Billabong Creek EIS; NSW Recycled Water Roadmap; Murrumbidgee water sharing plan; Gwydir water sharing plan; Macquarie/Wambuul water sharing plan; Namoi-Peel water sharing plan; Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project

Billabong Creek EIS - open until November 28 2024
Residents in the Riverina region are being invited to have their say on a proposal to replace two river regulators in Billabong Creek, improving water management and environmental outcomes as part of the Yanco Creek Modernisation Project.

The proposed work at Hartwood and Wanganella will modernise ageing infrastructure by replacing two fixed crest structures with state-of-the-art regulators to improve flows, enhance native fish passages and increase environmental water delivery in the region.

The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed upgrades is now open for public comment on the DCCEEW website until 28 November and we are encouraging local people to lodge a submission before it closes.

The project is part of the Sustainable Diversion Limit Adjustment Mechanism (SDLAM) Program that is rolling out new infrastructure across southern NSW that will help meet the objectives of the Murray-Darling Basin Plan.

Face-to-face community information sessions to enable residents to get a better understanding of the project and to ask questions.
These will be held at:
  • Wanganella Town Hall on Tuesday 12 November from 1-6pm
  • Conargo Town Hall on Wednesday 13 November from 1-6pm
Please note, you do not have to register to attend.
The Yanco Creek system links two of Australia’s largest rivers – the Murrumbidgee and Murray – via more than 800 kilometres of interconnected waterways across the Riverina region.

To view the EIS and have your say visit: Yanco Creek Modernisation Project

NSW Recycled Water Roadmap - open until Friday 6 December 2024.
The NSW Government is developing a Recycled Water Roadmap to make it easier for water utilities to assess, cost and engage with their customers on recycled water, and invest in it for both drinking and non-drinking purposes.

The Draft Recycled Water Roadmap aims to help utilities plan their water supplies by considering recycled water alongside other supply and demand options. It will streamline regulation, licensing, and approvals while also prioritising public health. Led by the NSW Government, in collaboration with regulators and utilities, the Draft Roadmap focuses on policy, economics, regulation, and coordination to boost recycled water delivery across the state. Actions are planned for the next 2 years, with ongoing monitoring to identify new opportunities over the next 5 years.

Greater Sydney Water Strategy 
  • Implementation Plan Action 2.5b - Construct and commence operation of a purified recycled water demonstration plant.
  • Implementation Plan Action 25c - Engage with the community to understand preferences for additional water supplies— including purified recycled water—and demand management measures to secure water supplies and to help make Sydney a more liveable city.
Lower Hunter Water Security Plan
  • Priority 2 - Increase recycled water use for non-drinking purposes.
  • Priority 2 - Engage with the community on purified recycled water and build a purified recycled water demonstration plant in the region.
Macquarie Castlereagh Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 1.5 - Invest in innovative water management options including water treatment and reuse initiatives.
Far North Coast Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 4.8 - Develop a recycled water plan for the Far North Coast.
Namoi Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 1.4 - Progress water treatment facilities for industries reliant on town water supplies.
North Coast Regional Water Strategy
  • Implementation Plan Action 3.5 - Increase use of recycled water and investigate increased use of tertiary-treated and onfarm recycled water for intensive horticulture
Public information sessions
Webinar 1
When: Wednesday 13 November 2024
Time: 12pm – 1pm

Have your say: Make a submission
If you would like to make an online submission, please click the button below here: https://water.dpie.nsw.gov.au/our-work/plans-and-strategies/recycled-water-roadmap

Murrumbidgee water sharing plan - open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Murrumbidgee Unregulated River water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The draft plan sets out clear rules for the fair and sustainable sharing of surface water among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

This includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, ensuring basic landholder rights and social and cultural needs are met and providing secure and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're inviting the Murrumbidgee community to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on Friday 13 December.

We'll be holding a webinar on Tuesday 12 November at 12.30pm, where the community can learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

Face-to-face meetings will also be held on:
  • Thursday 21 November in Cooma from 3pm to 5pm and
  • in Griffith on 19 November from 10am to 12pm.
Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week of 11 November.

The draft uses the latest data and includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Other changes include additional protection for specific wetlands in the region.

The water sharing plan establishes rules for water management including the limit of the total volume of water that can be extracted from the Murrumbidgee Unregulated River Water Sources.

Water sharing plans are subject to review every 10 years under the Water Management Act 2000. The current water sharing plan for the Murrumbidgee Unregulated River Water Sources 2012 will expire on 1 July 2025.

The public exhibition period provides opportunities for water users, stakeholders and other interested parties to learn more about proposed changes in the draft plan, and to make submissions and comment on the draft. Feedback and issues raised during the public exhibition phase will be considered when finalising the plan.

The finalised replacement plan is proposed to commence on or before 1 July 2025.



Gwydir water sharing plan  - open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Gwydir Unregulated River water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The draft plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs and providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're now inviting the Gwydir community to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on 13 December.

We'll be holding a webinar on Tuesday, 19 November from 12pm to 1pm where the community can learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

A face-to-face drop-in session will also be held on Wednesday 27 November in Bingara from 10am to 12pm.

Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft uses the latest data and includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Other changes include additional protections for specific wetlands in the region.
The water sharing plan establishes rules for water management including the limit of the total volume of water that can be extracted from the Gwydir Unregulated River Water Sources.

Water sharing plans are subject to review every 10 years under the Water Management Act 2000. The current water sharing plan for the Gwydir Unregulated River Water Sources 2012 will expire on 1 July 2025.

The public exhibition period provides opportunities for water users, community members and other interested parties to learn more about proposed changes in the draft plan, and to make submissions and comment on the draft. Feedback and issues raised during the public exhibition phase will be considered when finalising the plan.

The finalised plan is proposed to commence on or before 1 July 2025. Plans are in place for 10 years.

View the documents, register for the webinar, meetings or one to one sessions, and provide feedback at;  https://water.dpie.nsw.gov.au/our-work/plans-and-strategies/water-sharing-plans/public-exhibition/gwydir-unregulated-river-water-sources


Macquarie/Wambuul water sharing plan -  open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan Unregulated Rivers Water Sharing Plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs along with providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

We're encouraging residents in the Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan catchment to read the draft plan and make a submission before the public exhibition period ends on 13 December.

A public webinar will be held on 15 November and a targeted webinar focusing on the Lower Macquarie on 18 November to give people an opportunity to learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

In addition, face-to-face drop-in sessions will be held on 21 November in Orange and Bathurst. Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft includes proposed changes to make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Others include provisions to better protect town water supply, as well as additional protections for specific wetlands in the region.

The plan also includes provisions to improve connectivity in the Northern Basin.

We want to hear the community's views on these changes and will carefully consider all feedback before finalising the plan ahead of it going into effect on 1 July 2025.

Plans are in place for 10 years and are audited after the first five years to ensure they are working effectively and appropriately.

To register for a session and make a submission, visit: Macquarie/Wambuul Bogan Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan.

Namoi-Peel water sharing plan -  open until Friday 13 December 2024.
The draft Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan is now on public display, and the NSW Government is inviting the community to have its say.

The plan sets out clear rules for fair and sustainable water sharing among water users and the environment across the region for the next decade.

That includes setting limits on how much water can be taken, protecting resources for the environment, basic landholder rights and cultural needs along with providing secure, legal, and tradeable water access rights.

It also sets out how much, where and when water can be taken by licence holders.

A webinar will be held on 18 November 10.30am to 11.30am to give the community an opportunity to learn more, ask questions and provide feedback.

A face-to-face drop-in session will also be held on 26 November:
  • Manilla from 10am to 12 pm
  • Dungowan from 2pm to 4pm
Online one-on-one sessions with a water planner are also available in the week commencing 11 November.

The draft includes proposed changes to simplify the plan, make it clearer and easier for water users to understand and comply with requirements.

In some areas, we have proposed changes to water access and trading rules. Others include additional protections for specific wetlands in the region, including the Gulligal and Wee Waa Lagoons.

The plan also includes provisions to improve connectivity in the Northern Basin.

The NSW Government want to hear the community’s views and will carefully consider all feedback before finalising the plan ahead of it going into effect on 1 July 2025.

Plans are in place for 10 years and are audited after the first five years to ensure they are working effectively and appropriately.

To register for a session and to make a submission, visit: Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers water sharing plan
Also see; Submission form - Draft Water Sharing Plan for the Namoi and Peel Unregulated Rivers Water Sources 2025

Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project

The Water Group in the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water invites community members and stakeholders from across the Central West region to attend upcoming information sessions introducing the proposed Macquarie-Wambuul Water Security Project.

Three sessions are being held across three days. Each session will be broken into two parts. The first part will be a project presentation. The second part will involve small group discussions about the challenges and opportunities to be addressed by the project. Both sessions will enable stakeholders to engage directly with the project team.

Session details:
  • Wednesday 13 November, 4pm – 6pm at the Community Room, Warren Sporting and Cultural Centre
  • Thursday 14 November, 3:30pm – 5:30pm at the Carinda Memorial Hall
  • Friday 15 November, 11am – 1pm at the Western Plains Cultural Centre.
We look forward to introducing the project and hearing your views. Registration is not required.
More consultation will occur next year to provide opportunities for residents to have their say on the shortlisted options before the business case is finalised.

Funding for the Final Business Case was announced earlier this year. A robust FBC is an important first step in helping the Australian and NSW Governments make any future investment decisions about the viability of the projects. The business case is expected to be complete by early 2026.


Major milestone for Tottenham Water Supply

November 7 2024
Residents in Tottenham and Albert are well on their way to securing reliable, high-quality drinking water all year round with the Tottenham Water Supply Project hitting a key milestone, the government has announced.

Construction is now complete on a brand-new 1.18 megalitre reservoir in Albert which is nearly double the size of the ageing reservoir it replaces, allowing more water to be stored for when it’s needed most.

The work is part of a $4.6 million investment made in partnership between the NSW Government and Lachlan Shire Council to bolster water security for the two townships and surrounds.

The region’s drinking water supply currently comes from the Forbes Water Treatment Plant via a pipeline into the Albert reservoir where water is also gravity fed to the storage facility in Tottenham to service hundreds of residents in each town.

Built in the 1960s, the old reservoir was demolished to make way for the new 21st century infrastructure that holds twice the amount of water coming down the pipe, providing greater reliability for the community.

As part of the project, the Leg-O-Mutton Dam is also undergoing upgrades to boost the region’s drought resilience, with works expected to soon be complete.

The dam provides a critical long-term storage solution, holding additional water collected during the winter months to use as a supplementary supply during the peak summer demand period.

The project is expected to be finished by July 2025.

NSW DCCEEW Executive Director of Infrastructure Development, Lisa Hingerty said:

“Having access to a reliable water source is a priority for any community. We know Lachlan Shire locals are vulnerable to drought, and that’s why we’re backing this project with substantial funds to improve water security across the region.

“The ageing reservoir in Albert helped serve the community for over 60 years but with modern technology available and a need for something bigger, the new infrastructure is a welcome upgrade.

“Now the community will have access to a much bigger supply, which is critically important, especially during dry times. It’s fantastic to see the project hit this major milestone.”

Lachlan Shire Council Mayor, John Medcalf OAM said:

“This project significantly boosts drought resilience for residents in the Tottenham and Albert area and helps us to continue delivering safe and secure water to the community all year round.

“From doubling the size of our Albert Reservoir to upgrading the infrastructure at the Leg-O-Mutton Dam, our community can rest assured that we’re prepared in the face of a varying climate.

“We’re grateful for the NSW Government’s support, helping to ensure we have the infrastructure we need now and for the future.”

Construction is now complete on a brand-new 1.18 megalitre reservoir in Albert. Photo: NSW Government

NPWS statement on Warragamba catchment feral animal control operations

November 7, 2024
The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) has completed the spring aerial control program targeting feral animals on conservation lands across the Warragamba catchment.

NPWS removed 463 pigs, 72 goats, 48 deer, 1 fox and 93 horses from Blue Mountains National Park, Kanangra-Boyd National Park, Nattai National Park, Jenolan Karst Conservation Reserve, Yerranderie State Conservation Area, Jellore Flora Reserve and Wollondilly River Nature Reserve to help protect Greater Sydney's primary water catchment and the Greater Blue Mountains World Heritage Area.

The Warragamba operation is part of the largest ever statewide feral animal control program which is currently being delivered by NPWS.

Feral animals have a damaging impact on the catchment area including increasing erosion in waterways and riparian systems and damaging a range of threatened plant species.

It is the first-time aerial shooting of horses has occurred in the Warragamba catchment since 2002. Aerial shooting of other feral animals is part of ongoing control programs.

NPWS horse control operations are carried out in line with standard operating procedures based on advice from independent veterinarians and the RSPCA. They ensure the highest possible animal welfare standards are met.

NPWS has statutory responsibilities to protect the natural and cultural heritage values of the national park estate, including by controlling feral animals.

Areas closed for the operation are now open to visitors.

Visitors can keep up-to-date with closures in NSW national parks on www.nationalparks.nsw.gov.au/alerts/alerts-list

Applications open to register for Kosciuszko wild horse rehoming

November 7, 2024
The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) is now taking applications to become registered to rehome wild horses from Kosciuszko National Park.

Following recommendations made in the Wild Horse Rehoming Program review, the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) has updated the NPWS wild horse rehoming program.

This review contained four key recommendations which are now reflected in the rehoming guidelines, application form and other related documents.

Updated documents align with NPWS statutory functions and confirm horse ownership and welfare responsibility is transferred to rehomers upon collection from NPWS temporary holding yards by or on behalf of the owner.

The revised guidelines reduce the risk of adverse welfare outcomes by:
  • Requiring that registration as a rehomer must be renewed every 12 months, ensuring regular review against rehoming guidelines.
  • Requiring each application for registration to be accompanied by a reference from a registered vet attesting to the experience of the rehomer.
  • Requiring each rehomer to expressly commit to meeting all relevant welfare standards.
  • Requiring that applicants declare if they are on the Racing NSW Excluded List or have ever been convicted of an animal welfare offence.
  • Provides that an annual return must be submitted.
  • Including a broad provision for NPWS to refuse or cancel registration at any time if NPWS believes there is a risk to welfare.
  • Supporting the registration process through stronger exchange of information with Racing NSW, RSPCA (NSW) and Local Land Services (LLS).
  • Requiring additional information in support of an application to be registered as a rehomer including proof of identity and information about how the applicant meets minimum standards for transport, yarding and paddocking.
Due to the updated guidelines, previously approved groups and individuals must reapply to become a registered rehomer under the program.

Hunter Coast national parks now hiring

November 7, 2024
Imagine caring for and protecting some of the state’s most precious national parks, including offshore islands across the beautiful Port Stephens region.

Imagine working closely with Aboriginal Traditional Owners to care for Country and work together to achieve goals.

Imagine a job where no day is the same and you’re working with a committed and capable team.

This might be your dream job and you might be up for the challenge and opportunity.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) is seeking talented individuals to fill two vital operational leadership positions in the Hunter Coast area.

The NPWS Hunter Coast team manages diverse and precious habitats stretching from Nelson Bay and beautiful Port Stephens in the north, to the culturally significant Worimi Conservation Lands in the south, home to the largest mobile sand dune system in the Southern Hemisphere.

The team also cares for and protects 12 offshore islands and threatened species, like the Gould’s petrel, Australia’s rarest endemic seabird.

The two ongoing roles of Area Manager and Team Leader Rangers are both based in the newly built NPWS office and depot on the Worimi Conservation Lands at Anna Bay.

The key function of the roles is to manage operations, including leading a dedicated team responsible for caring and protecting 25 national parks in the region, including the 12 island reserves.

This requires building strong collaborative relationships with staff and community to turn strategies into on-ground actions to achieve environmental, cultural, social and economic outcomes that meet NSW Government priorities.

Joint management with Worimi Aboriginal Elders and community is an important focus and responsibility for both roles, especially working with the Worimi Conservation Lands Board.

As a member of NPWS, each working day is a new adventure and one which presents the unique opportunity to lead the care and protection of our most treasured places across the region.

For more information on these roles or to submit an application, please visit I Work for NSW here and here.

NPWS Director Hunter Central Coast Branch Kylie Yeend said:

“We are looking for passionate individuals who share our commitment to conservation and sustainability.

“These roles offer a unique opportunity to make a real difference in protecting the natural heritage of our beautiful Hunter Coast.

“We are seeking team players with a strong work ethic, excellent communications skills and a passion for the outdoors and working with community.

“These two roles rarely come along so I encourage anyone who is interested in enhancing our ability to protect and preserve natural resources to consider a career with the National Parks and Wildlife Service.”

Week One: November 2024

Kimbriki Open Day to Celebrate 50 years: November 16 from 9:00 - 3:00

Join the Kimbriki team for the 2024 Kimbriki Open Day. Celebrating 50 years of dedication and operations in the waste management and resource recovery industry located at Ingleside.

The Kimbriki site receives over 330,000 tonnes of waste annually, with close to 80% currently being recycled. 

Kimbriki has two Shareholders, Northern Beaches Council (96%) and Mosman Council (4%) and works with its community, shareholders, employees, contractors, partners and the waste industry to deliver and promote efficient, cost effective services that reduce waste to landfill and increase resource recovery. 

Kimbriki Environmental Enterprises Pty Ltd (KEE) also delivers waste education messaging through its Eco House and Garden facility and hosts local charities who promote repair and reuse through its Hub facility.

On Saturday 16th November, the community have the opportunity to experience first hand the Working Circular Economy at Kimbriki.

Come along and see some of the many Rethink, Reduce, Re-use and Recycle displays, workshops, tours, demonstrations, giveaways, challenges and opportunities to chat with Kimbriki team members, HUB volunteers and  like minded people in our community.

The kids can enjoy face painting, make their own pedal powered smoothie, take on our environmental challenges, enjoy story time with Tilly the Turtle, enter name our Giraffes competition, wander the Discovery Trail, see the amazing Senior Toy Recyclers and much more!


PROGRAM OF THE DAY
All day Sausage Sizzle at the HUB
Fundraiser supporting Bikes4Life, Peninsula Toy Recyclers and Boomerang Bags Kimbriki.

Bus Tours of the Kimbriki site
Experience a rare behind the scenes viewing of Kimbriki with guided bus tours of  for a small fee and by pre-bookings (while tickets available). Book in here.

Eco House & Garden
  • Demonstrations – Worm Farming 11am – 11.30am
  • Demonstration – Composting 1pm – 1.30pm
  • The Discovery Trail
  • ‘Bin it Right’ Competitions and plant giveaways
ANL (Australian Native Landscapes)
  • What we do with your green bin contents – All Day
  • See the recycled products that are created from your green/timber waste
  • Giveaways throughout the day
IQ Renew 
  • Learn how your yellow bin and blue bin contents are recycled
  • Learn about what can and can’t be recycled
  • See the products produced from your waste
Concrete Recyclers
  • See how old bricks & concrete get given a new life!
  • Where does the material go?
  • Kids Games
Boomerang Bags Kimbriki
  • Make your own upcycled item to take home
  • Enjoy vintage sewing machines & haberdashery
  • Discover creative upcycling ideas
  • See how we support the community
Peninsula Toy Recyclers
  • Experience Toy Workshop Tours
  • Meet the Volunteer Team
  • Drop off unwanted Toys, Books, Puzzles, Games and Sporting Gear to The HUB, Kimbriki (Drive & Drop)
Northern Beaches Council
  • Plant Giveaway
  • Kids reusable bag activity
  • Food waste avoidance education
  • Learn about our NEW Library of Things
Coastal Environment Centre
  • Story time with Tilly the Turtle – 11am, 12pm & 1pm (20 mins)
  • Try the Smoothie Pedal Bike
50th Birthday Celebration
  • Kimbriki 50th Birthday Celebrations and Speeches 12.15pm
  • Launch of the Discovery Trail

Red Triangle Slugs Making whoopee

The red triangle slug (Triboniophorus graeffei) is a species of large air-breathing land slug, a terrestrial pulmonate gastropod mollusc in the family Athoracophoridae, the leaf-veined slugs.

This large (up to 15 centimetres (5.9 in)), often colourful and striking-looking species is found in eastern Australia. It is Australia's largest native land slug and a common part of our fauna.

On Friday morning, November 1 2024, after the downpours and lightning storm that passed out over the coast between 2am and 4am, this pair were found entwined around each other on the PON verandah.



Apparently they're making baby Red Triangle Slugs - and participating in that annual 'Spring Thing'.

Slugs are hermaphrodites, having both female and male reproductive organs. Once slugs have located a mate, they encircle each other and sperm is exchanged through their protruded genitalia.


This means both this pair are now pregnant and will later lay eggs in some cool damp  place. 

They both set off in opposite directions after around a half hour to three quarters of an hour of this 'cuddling' - or 'making whoopee' as that great old song says.

Red Triangle Slugs graze on algae which grows on the surface of the smooth bark of some eucalyptus trees and on rocks, and clean up the wood railing of the PON verandah for us. Sometimes the slugs enter houses and have been known to graze on the mould that grows on bathroom walls.

This species of slug has been found to have an unusual defensive mechanism. It can secrete a kind of sticky mucus (different from the slippery slime secreted when it moves) that is strong enough to glue predators down for days. The glue is strongest in wet conditions and becomes less sticky as it dries. The cells responsible for secreting the glue are located across the dorsal surface.

They can be variable in colour, although we most often find white ones in Pittwater. Elsewhere in NSW individual slugs can be white, off-white, yellow, dark or light grey, beige, pink, red, or olive green.

Each of the colour forms have a red triangle on the mantle surrounding the pneumostome, and a red line at the edge of the foot. The texture of the dorsum of the slug can be smooth or very rough.

Juveniles don't have the typical red foot border and red triangle of the adults but have three dark grey stripes running down the dorsal surface of their body and have the triangular mantle shield outlined with grey.


Research is currently being carried out through the Australian Museum to determine if some of the different colourations may actually represent different species or subspecies.

Our thanks to Marita Macrae of PNHA for help with what was being seen.

Turimetta Moods: Week ending Friday November 1, 2024

A small group of pics from this week as well.  The most notable feature was the arrival of Bluebottles over the week the full length of Turimetta Beach.  And from chatting to the swimmers in the rock pool, they had to dodge some of the Bluebottles which were washed over the pool walls.  A brave lot.

The black silt lapping marks along Narrabeen Lake (Middle Ck Reserve) west were very extensive.  The silt probably comes from the recent rains down Middle Ck, and the ripple effect probably from tide changes.


Report and Photos: Joe Mills

Small Scale Edible Gardens Workshop: November 9, 10:00 am - 1:00 pm

Have you ever wanted to grow your own food but feel you can’t as you don’t have the garden space to do it? Then this practical and informative workshop is just for you.

Small Space Edible Gardening can be fun, productive, benefit your mental health, physical health and reduce reliance on packaging. If you have a balcony, courtyard or small urban block, there are many creative ways which you can use to maximise your space and grow healthy edible food. With some clever observation of your own small garden space, and using the SPACEMAX tips and tricks, you will amaze yourself at what beautiful organic food can be home grown.

Join our ecologists at our upcoming Small Scale Edible Gardening Workshop – perfect for those wanting to learn about growing food in small spaces that caters for all levels of knowledge.

What will participants learn and what skills will be gained?:
  • Shade Mapping your small space
  • Pots – the good, the bad and the ugly
  • Aerial gardening- growing food in hanging baskets and wall gardens
  • Corners – making use of microclimates
  • Edible plants- what are the best ones to grow?
  • Microgreens – how to grow them and their benefits to your health
  • Aquaponics Vs Hydroponics – what’s the difference?
  • X-Factor- tips and tricks for making your plants sing
Location: The Beach School, 10 Malinya Road, Allambie Heights 2100.




Composting & Worms Workshop: November 15, 10:00 am - 1:00 pm

Everything you could possibly want to know about how to successfully run a compost bin and a worm farm.

Composting and worm farming are great alternatives to disposing of your food waste in the rubbish bin while creating natural fertiliser for your garden. By recycling food scraps in a compost bin or worm farm you can help reduce organic waste disposed in landfill, in turn reducing the production of leachate and greenhouse gases from landfills. Compost and worm ‘castings’ are both ideal natural fertiliser for your garden.

Our Composting and Worms Workshop covers the following topics:
  • Why compost or have a worm farm? Learn why food scraps & garden waste must be taken out of our rubbish bins
  • Setting up your compost bin & worm farm
  • What goes into your compost & worm farms?
  • Learn different methods of composting
  • Maintaining your compost & worm farm
  • How to use compost, worm castings & ‘worm juice’ on your garden
  • The vital role of organic matter & humus in your soil
  • Outlining the human health problems associated with using synthetic fertilisers on your edible gardens
  • Answers to the most common problems with worm farms
Venue:  Kimbriki Eco House & Garden Education Centre.  Kimbriki Resource Recovery Centre,  1 Kimbriki Road (off Mona Vale Road), Ingleside,  2101

Access by vehicle only – as there is no pedestrian access to Kimbriki please arrange to arrive by vehicle. All vehicles must enter and exit Kimbriki via the Weighbridges. On entry, stop to advise the Operator before proceeding to the Eco House car park.

*Northern Beaches Residents attending the entire Composting & Worms workshop: Council would like to support its residents in recycling food waste at home by giving you a voucher towards buying a worm farm or compost bin. Northern Beaches Council will issue a $90 voucher to Northern Beaches residents who attend a Kimbriki Composting and Worms workshop and who have not had a free worm farm, compost bin or voucher from Council in the past. 

One voucher per household (not per person) is issued irrespective of number of workshops attended. The vouchers are issued directly from Council after you have attended the workshop. Please allow up to 3-4 weeks for the voucher to be issued and posted to your residential address. Voucher can be used at New Leaf Nursery in Ingleside or at the Kimbriki Eco House & Garden Eco shop.


Invitation to NBCAN Picnic and Soapbox Sunday 17 November

What: NBCAN Soapbox
Where: Coastal Environment Centre, Lake Park Rd, North Narrabeen
When: 1-3:30pm Sunday 17 November 2024
 
This event is for everyone. We all are affected by the climate crisis; witness the latest catastrophic floods in the Spanish city of Valencia. Nowhere is safe. This is a great networking opportunity for our community.
 
Bring along a picnic lunch, and your topic which you'd like to present to our community. You'll have two minutes to address the audience, with a trial special "VIP" exception for our elected officials, who will have a five minute time limit - RSVP if you'd like your VIP 5 minute slot. We'll try and fit everyone in.
 
Just put your name on the list, on a first come first served basis, and your turn to speak will come. Joy Nason will be our official timekeeper, as is past practice.
 
If you don't want to speak, but just listen, that is also fine.
 
We plan to have our picnic on the grass, using the CEC verandah as the lectern.  if it rains, we will be inside.
 
We hope to see you there,
Regards,
Tim Maguire
Chris Black
Co-convenors Northern Beaches Climate Action Network (NBCAN)

Wombat Trapped Beside Appin Road

Photo: Thursday October 24, 2024
Those trying to protect these animals where developers are clearing their habitat and the government changing the road, and also clearing their habitat to facilitate these developments, state:

''The results of koala fencing with no underpasses on Appin Rd. This poor wombat had no way of getting back into the bush.''
Photo: Mat T

Sydney's deadliest road for Koalas

by Stephanie Carrick Stephanie Carrick, Sydney Basin Koala Network
October 23, 2024

Our latest analysis of Koala data in South West Sydney shows at least 207 Koalas have been struck by vehicles since Jan 1st 2021. And according to road kill data, Appin Road in South West Sydney is by far Sydney's most deadliest road for Koalas, with deaths from vehicle strikes growing year on year. Appin Road begins in Campbelltown, then heads south via Appin township, ending on the outskirts of Wollongong.

Image: Location of all koalas hit by cars on Appin Road since 1st Jan 2021 

As stated most recently by NSW Roads Minister in Parliament “Kangaroos and wombats are the most reported species involved in animal strikes across New South Wales, but Koalas are the most impacted threatened species.” 25 September, 2024. Yet despite this known impact, housing development continues in South West Sydney at an excessive rate in the habitat of NSW's most healthy population of koalas pushing them onto Appin Road, both at the north end around Gilead, and the south around Appin Valley.

Despite expert advice given to the Minister for Roads by Koala ecologists that overpasses must be constructed BEFORE development began, no measures have been put in place to enable Koalas to safely cross the road, which they do so predictably via mapped habitat corridors each year.  And as foreshadowed by this advice, Koala deaths have continued to rise on Appin Road, with data downloaded on October 16th from the NSW Bionet database showing road deaths in 2024 have already exceeded the full year before with nearly a doubling of numbers since 2022. In total 46 koalas have been killed on Appin Road since January 1st 2022. 

Image: Koala Deaths on Appin Road up to October 16th 2024 already exceeds 2023 total (2022 -11, 2023 -16, Oct 16 2024 -19)

The latest development is the widening of Appin Road around the Fig Tree Hill estate in Gilead which has required the further loss of hundreds of old growth Koala trees. There is currently no safe way for Koalas to cross road despite being displaced. 

The execution of the road widening on Appin Road has shown how poorly implemented fencing can lead to disaster. Despite fencing being erected, Koalas continue to access the road due to gaps under fencing, poorly secured gates, fence end issues and no alternative for crossing the road, leading to fatalities. There are ongoing issues with the fencing being blown over in high winds. Koalas can still get onto the road and are being trapped on the roadside and several koalas have been struck by cars or trapped on the road during this phase of construction (NSW Bionet 2024).


What is most distressing is that deaths across hotspots on Appin Road could have been prevented had the advice of Koala ecologists Biolink, given to Campbelltown Council in early 2018, been followed. In it they called for a minimum of three overpasses located in Campbelltown LGA at Noorumba Reserve, Beulah, and Mallaty Creek, which is exactly where the majority of Koalas on Appin Road in Campbelltown LGA have now been hit. Promised yet undelivered wildlife crossings in Appin are also non-exsistent while developments, such as Appin Grove and Appin Precinct are pushed through and displace Koalas.


Image: Overpasses recommended at Noorumba, Beulah, and Mallaty Creek in 2018.

The failure to implement these expert recommendations has seen a level of road kill that is far beyond the threshold before declines are expectedand places an endangered Koala population at serious risk

We strongly urge the NSW Roads Minister and Transport NSW to take immediate action by:
  • Reducing the speed limit on Appin Road until promised underpasses are built. 
  • Committing to the additional underpass at Mallaty Creek as a matter of urgency.
  • Delaying further development until safe crossings for Koalas are implemented.
You can help by signing our petition to Save Mallaty Creek and by emailing NSW Roads Minister John Graham at john.graham@parliament.nsw.gov.au asking for a speed limit reduction and an additional overpass at Mallaty Creek. 

Thank you.

The Koalas: Film Screening at Collaroy - Nov. 17

Last chance to view the Koalas film on the Northern Beaches with a great line up of speakers for the Q&A. Pittwater newly elected Independent Member of the NSW Legislative Council Jacqui Scruby will be there on the Q&A panel. 

Go along to show your support for protecting forests and protecting koalas and for learning so much more about these disappearing marsupials. Get your ticket from the link in our bio: https://www.unitedcinemas.com.au/collaroy/movie/the-koalas

Animal Justice Party Northern Beaches Regional Group

Osprey Livestream

Growing Home with Jamie Durie: Started streaming on 18 Sept 2024

The story so far…
Jamie Durie’s 'Growing Home' Captures Unexpected Wildlife Drama in Sydney’s Barrenjoey peninsula.

Acclaimed television personality and environmentalist Jamie Durie is taking his passion for sustainability and nature conservation to new heights—literally. Collaborating with Rawkus and Channel 7, what began as a television series, documenting the construction of his sustainable home in Avalon in Sydney’s northern beaches, has revealed an unexpected and inspiring wildlife story.

Jamie, known for his dedication to the environment, has been meticulously working to preserve the native trees on his property while incorporating the latest sustainable technologies into his home design. However, the unique topography of his building site required the installation of a 42-meter crane, setting the stage for an extraordinary encounter.

Incredibly, a pair of eastern osprey's chose the crane’s counterweight as the site for their nest, just weeks after its installation. There are only about 7 nesting pairs of the threatened species in Sydney's northern beaches, and recognizing the significance of the event, Jamie applied to the local council for permission to install a nesting pole on his property, hoping to provide a permanent home for the birds. Unfortunately, the application was denied.

Faced with the dilemma of not wanting to disrupt the osprey’s breeding season while also needing to dismantle the crane, Jamie sought a permit to safely remove the nest before the birds began laying eggs. In collaboration with the New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS), the nest was removed in July.

But nature had other plans. Just a few weeks later, the resilient osprey rebuilt their nest on the crane. With breeding season fast approaching, Jamie made the decision to keep the crane in place until the chicks have hatched and left the nest.

To share this rare and beautiful moment with the world, a camera has been installed to livestream the osprey’s journey on the Growing Home YouTube channel. Now, nature enthusiasts and viewers everywhere can witness this remarkable footage of these majestic birds raising their family against the stunning backdrop of Pittwater.

Growing Home offers a unique blend of home-building challenges and environmental stewardship, showcasing Jamie Durie’s commitment to building sustainably and living harmoniously with nature.

To view livestream, visit: https://www.youtube.com/live/fGe28UH4HIc

Background - Osprey nesting platform at Careel Bay: Update september 2024

Council asked for feedback on a proposal to build an artificial nesting platform for Ospreys in Hitchcock Park, Careel Bay.  
The concept plans were exhibited between 29 May and 26 June 2024 and we received over 164 comments. 

Council states the feedback showed strong support for the nesting platform. 

Construction is expected to begin later this year. 



Example nest design


Red quadrant is estimated location

Screenshot of livestream: parent bird and one chick, other would be out getting food for bub 

Science To Revive Our Oceans: SIM's has a PHD Opportunity - operation Crayweed

The Sydney Institute of Marine Science is a collaborative research and training institute bringing together researchers from four NSW universities plus state and federal marine and environmental agencies.

SIMS conducts multidisciplinary marine research on impacts of climate change and urbanisation, eco-engineering and habitat restoration, ocean resources and technologies, and outcomes of marine management approaches.

By bringing together NSW’s leading marine scientists in a collaborative hub, SIMS ensures the efficient use of resources for research on Australia’s critical coastal environments.

They currently have an opportunity for someone to join the Operation Crayweed team. Pittwater Online News has been running updates on this project since 2014. There are a LOT of local connections here, from Barrenjoey to Manly should you feel inspired to get involved.

Image: A SIMS scientist planting crayweed at Cabbage Tree Bay, Manly. Photo SIMS

More on Operation Crayweed on the SIMS website at: www.operationcrayweed.com


You can peruse those previous reports at:

Details:




Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

NSW Government taking action so Sydney doesn’t run out of landfill

On Friday November 1 the Minns Government stated it is taking action to ensure Sydney doesn’t run out of landfill space after a decade of inaction by previous governments has left Greater Sydney on the brink of a waste crisis. Without action, landfill space is predicted to run out by 2030.

The state of NSW’s waste and recycling was made public at the NSW Circular Economy Summit in Sydney, hosted by NSW Environment Minister Penny Sharpe and NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) CEO Tony Chappel.

The Summit has brought together representatives from industry, environment groups, local government and state government to discuss the challenges and opportunities facing the state.

Without new waste and recycling solutions, and some quick decisions and choices, Greater Sydney’s landfill capacity will be exhausted within the next decade. This would significantly drive waste management costs up for households and businesses.

If no action is taken, residents would be paying for their waste to be transported to regional areas or interstate for disposal. This would also significantly slow down industry, as demolition waste costs would rise, the government said in a released statement.

Concerningly, recycling rates in NSW have stagnated at around 65% since 2015-16, so far well short of the 80% target by 2030.

However, the Government stated it is moving swiftly and taking action to address the looming waste management shortfall.

Four key pieces of work are underway to fix the waste challenge:

Plan and develop critical waste infrastructure
  • Urgently develop NSW’s first ever Waste Infrastructure Plan, to support the development of the facilities we need
  • Consultation with industry and councils has already begun.
Reduce waste going to landfill
  • Finalise the waste levy review
  • Legislate mandates to phase in source-separated FOGO waste (food organics and garden organics) for businesses and households
  • Develop and roll out the first ever NSW Reuse and Repair Strategy to scale up the reuse sector
Grow recycling rates and opportunities
  • Finalise the NSW Plastics Plan to take plastics out of circulation
  • Take action to prevent contamination
Finalise Australian-leading work on product stewardship for batteries
  • Prevent FOGO contamination by taking action on chemicals in food packaging
  • Work with Office of the Chief Scientist to review the settings around asbestos
The NSW Government is also exploring funding opportunities to support the sector and local government. Over the past decade, the NSW EPA has awarded over half a billion dollars through more than 3,300 grants to divert around four million tonnes of waste from landfill.

Summit feedback will help to further tackle the issue and shape government policies to ensure NSW has the capacity to manage waste safely now and into the future.


NSW Minister for Environment Penny Sharpe stated on Friday:

“Sydney is running out of landfill space and our recycling rates have stagnated. We are at a point that if we don’t take urgent action, our red bins won’t be able to be collected in a few years.

“Previous Governments were briefed on this issue, and there was no action for over a decade. Industry and councils have been crying out for support and leadership. We’re stepping up to the plate.

“Not all the decisions we need to make will be easy or even popular – but I’d rather make the hard decisions then have bins that can’t be collected.

“We know the public wants to see less waste in landfill, use less plastic and support recycling and we want to help them do their bit. Together we can fix the problem and create a more sustainable future.”

NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) CEO Tony Chappel said:

“Shifting to a circular economy requires a united approach, and that’s exactly what today’s Summit is about – bringing together key stakeholders to explore how we can accelerate this transition.  

"As a state, we’re at a critical juncture. We must act now to ensure our infrastructure keeps pace with growing waste volumes, and to maximise recycling and recovery efforts. Through a mix of innovative projects, strategic investments, and collaboration, we can turn this challenge into an opportunity.

“By working together across government, industry and communities, we’re building a future where waste becomes a resource, not a burden.”

Antarctic Conservation takes backward step

WWF statement on CCAMLR-43

The body responsible for conserving Antarctic marine life has failed to agree on new marine protected areas and taken a substantial step backward on krill fisheries management at its annual meeting in Hobart.

The 43rd meeting of the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR) wrapped up on Friday.

Coming into the meeting there was real momentum towards establishing a new marine protected area (MPA) in the Antarctic Peninsula - an area warming twice as fast as the global average.

CCAMLR had an opportunity to help achieve the global commitment of protecting 30% of the ocean by 2030.

Yet the 26 nations plus the European Union (EU) which make up CCAMLR again failed to reach a consensus on the MPA. 

This is deeply disappointing, particularly after  and concerning change for Antarctica.

CCAMLR could also not agree on a revised krill fishery management plan to better protect krill-dependent predators like whales, penguins and seals.

To make matters worse, we witnessed an alarming and unprecedented backwards step in Antarctic conservation. The key conservation measure that provides protections for krill-dependent predators by distributing the allocated krill fishing catch across four zones in the Antarctic Peninsula and Scotia Sea region, reducing spatial overlap of industrial fishing vessels with wildlife, was allowed to expire. 

This means up to 620,000 tonnes of krill (four times the recent catch limit) can now be caught in the biodiversity hotspot of the Western Antarctic Peninsula.

Antarctic krill is one of the key species in the Southern Ocean food web.

There is evidence that concentrated krill fishing, coupled with climate change, negatively impacts whales, penguins and seal populations in the Antarctic Peninsula. A  by the University of California, Santa Cruz and WWF showed reduced krill supplies lead to fewer pregnancies in humpback whales.

Without highly precautionary fishing rules in place, there will be a cost to the Antarctic ecosystem - and it will have a cost to nature and people.

CCAMLR was set up in 1982 with the objective of conserving Antarctic marine life in response to increasing commercial interest in Antarctic krill.

In reversing a key management measure that protected krill and krill-dependent predators, CCAMLR is now failing to meet its own objective of conservation. 

CCAMLR nations demonstrated their ability to put differences aside and prioritize conservation in 2016 when they established the Ross Sea region MPA which, at the time, became the world’s largest marine sanctuary.

WWF urges CCAMLR to show this type of leadership again at next year’s meeting.

We’re in a race against time to protect this pristine and vitally-important place before it’s too late.' WWF stated

Krill nets kill humpbacks in antarctica

In related news, krill fishing vessels operating in the Southern Ocean have hauled in two dead humpback whales, as well as an injured whale, in separate incidents this year. The third whale, cut free, was categorised as a fatality by CCAMLR as it was unlikely to survive the injuries it had sustained.


Under a conservation agreement developed almost two decades ago, the krill catch has soared from 104,728 metric tons in 2007 to 424,203 metric tons in 2023 as large vessels target krill. So far this year, the catch has jumped to 498,000 metric tons, the highest on record.

As can be read in WWF's statement, that will rise again before the next CCAMLR meeting.

None of the vessels involved in the whale deaths are Australian ships.

The official release of CCAMLR's report will be made public late this coming week.
More to come.

Krill research aquarium at Taroona to be named after pioneering marine biologist Dr Isobel Bennett

In October the Hon Tanya Plibersek and the Australian Antarctic Division announced a new state-of-the-art krill aquarium and research facility, being built in the Hobart suburb of Taroona, will be named after pioneering marine biologist, Dr Isobel Bennett.

Taroona is bounded on the east by the Derwent River, and has several beaches along the shore. Although on the edges of Hobart, Taroona is actually part of the municipality of Kingborough. Kingston is the seat of the Kingborough Council, and today serves as the gateway between Hobart and the D'Entrecasteaux Channel region, which meets the Derwent River nearby. 

Taroona was the childhood home of Tasmanian-born Queen Mary of Denmark, who attended the river-side Taroona High School before completing her high schooling at Mount Nelson's Hobart College and embarking on her tertiary degree at the University of Tasmania.
Lead vocalist of The Seekers, Judith Durham (born Judith Mavis Cock, 3 July 1943) lived in Taroona as a young girl, and attended the Fahan School in Sandy Bay before moving back to Melbourne in 1956. 

Dr Bennett AO (1909 – 2008) was a distinguished researcher who, among other things, undertook early studies of Australian plankton and wrote about the shores of sub-Antarctic Macquarie Island when she joined the Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition (ANARE) in 1959.

Dr Bennett also contributed a lot to our area, see this week's History celebratory feature, and was a Myola road in Newport resident.

Dr Isobel Bennett (far right) was one of the first women to travel to Macquarie Island on an ANARE ship in 1959. Photo: Museum Victoria

The new facility is being built in collaboration with the University of Tasmania and will provide scientists with the systems required to conduct research on Antarctic krill and other vitally important Southern Ocean species.

It will interface directly with RSV Nuyina’s containerised aquaria, providing a globally unique end-to-end research aquarium logistics system which extends live specimen research long after the duration of a single Antarctic voyage.

"This facility will give us a step change in capability for the research we can do, not only on Antarctic krill but also on the related species in the ecosystem that are critically important for supporting the recovering populations of great whales, seals and seabirds,"  the Australian Antarctic Division's Krill Research Systems Manager, Rob King, said. 

"We've had a purpose-built aquarium for Antarctic krill for the last 23 years at the Australian Antarctic Division in Kingston.

"It really was a prototype facility. It was the first of its kind to warm the water for filtration, which increased its capability. Now we've proven that works, we've run out of space because it works so well and we don't have the floor area. This new aquarium will give us 18 separate research labs where we currently only have three."

Due to be completed in 2028, the research centre will be known as the 'Dr Isobel Bennett Southern Ocean Research Aquarium'.

The Dr Isobel Bennett Southern Ocean Research Aquarium is expected to be completed in 2028. (Photo: Preston Lane Architects)

“Dr. Bennett was one of Australia’s most distinguished and prominent marine scientists who achieved a notable research record," the Australian Antarctic Division’s Head of Division, Emma Campbell, said.

"Her early work on plankton and studies ranging from the sub-Antarctic to the Great Barrier Reef paved the way for so many of todays’ marine scientists.

“Australia leads the world in live Antarctic krill research and this facility will maintain that position."

The Federal Minister for the Environment and Water, The Hon. Tanya Plibersek, officially announced the name at the site on Wednesday 16 October, 2024.

 (L to R) AAD Head of Division Emma Campbell, Minister Tanya Plibersek and Krill Research Systems Manager, Rob King. (Photo: Simon Payne)

Minister Tanya Plibersek getting an update on the site from Krill Aquarium Project Manager Andrew Thompson

Living seawalls expansions continues to draw marine life back to Sydney Harbour

Cockatoo Island / Wareamah will soon be teeming with marine life thanks to a new project delivered as part of the Australian Government’s $45.2 million restoration of Sydney Harbour.

New textured 3D panels called ‘living seawalls’ have been fitted to the island’s flat seawalls to replicate ocean habitats – providing places for aquatic life to hide, eat and grow.

Endangered White’s seahorses, fish, oysters and barnacles are among 150 sea creatures being drawn back to the World Heritage listed site.  

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust and the Sydney Institute of Marine Science are rolling out the new installation as part of a government-funded partnership. It’s one of several projects they’re piloting to restore marine biodiversity and health at Cockatoo Island / Wareamah after years of neglect and chronic underfunding.

In 2018 and a 2021 update, Pittwater Online ran the unveiling of one of the world’s largest Living Seawalls at Milsons Point and the subsequent announcement that the project was a finalist in the inaugural Earthshot prize.

Since then sections of Living Seawalls have been installed in Manly in 2020 and at Mosman in 2023


Earlier this year, an endangered White’s seahorse was discovered at Sydney Harbour’s largest island for the first time ever as 20 ‘seahorse hotels’ were installed near the wharf.

The Cockatoo Island / Wareamah Marine Restoration Pilot Project is the first initiative of the new Cockatoo Island / Wareamah Master Plan, released on October 24.

The master plan presents a new vision to reactivate and transform the harbour island, turning it into one of Australia’s premium visitor destinations with new attractions and experiences.

Last year, the Australian Government invested $45.2 million to address the critical backlog of repair work to Sydney Harbour, including cracked seawalls and dilapidated wharves. Over $21 million of this funding is focused on Cockatoo Island / Wareamah.

You can read the released master plan here: www.harbourtrust.gov.au//cockatoo-island-wareamah-master-plan.pdf.

Minister for the Environment and Water, The Hon. Tanya Plibersek said:

“Sydney Harbour is truly one of Australia’s most special places and this collective effort to restore World Heritage-listed Cockatoo Island / Wareamah will leave a lasting legacy.

“You can't protect threatened species without protecting their habitats and these new living seawalls will transform Sydney Harbour – providing homes for sea creatures, increasing marine biodiversity and cleaning up our waterways.”

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust (Harbour Trust) Chair, Prof Tim Entwisle stated:

“A key action from the new Cockatoo Island / Wareamah Master Plan is to support the biodiversity above and within Sydney Harbour, and to rehabilitate waters around the island.

“This pilot project with the Sydney Institute of Marine Science demonstrates our long-term commitment to transformation and reactivation of the island and is the perfect start to implementing this transformational master plan.”

SIMS and UNSW Living Seawalls Co-founder, Prof Melanie Bishop stated:

“Living seawalls provide protective spaces for fish, invertebrates and seaweeds to thrive, on otherwise flat and featureless infrastructure. Rockpool, crevice and other habitat mimics increase biodiversity by up to three-fold.

“The first pilot of living seawalls on a harbour island gives researchers the opportunity to test the efficacy of habitat enhancement at a site with a history of disturbance.”


Whites seahorse, Clifton Gardens URG Xmas dive 2020. Photo: John Turnbull / marineexplorer.org

Discussion paper: Review and report into the NSW wildlife rehabilitation sector

The Parliamentary Secretary for the Environment, Ms Trish Doyle MP, is leading the NSW wildlife rehabilitation sector review (the review). The review will provide recommendations to the Minister for the Environment, the Hon Penny Sharpe MLC, on opportunities to improve support to the wildlife rehabilitation sector and associated veterinary sector. 

The review will be completed, and a report submitted to Minister Sharpe by 30 October 2025.

The review involves consulting with stakeholders in the wildlife rehabilitation sector and veterinary practices who provide essential support. Through this consultation process, the review will:

  • examine current practices
  • evaluate previously implemented strategies
  • identify ongoing challenges
  • discuss areas of future opportunity.

Process for this review: Date Action

  • 9 September – 30 November 2024 Discussion Paper public consultation (submissions open)
  • November – March 2025 Engagement with stakeholders via roundtables and site visits
  • 1 December – 28 February 2025 Survey open to all members of the rehabilitation sector
  • February – May 2025 Consideration of submissions, surveys and meetings to collate review report
  • June - September 2025 Compilation and approval of report
  • October 2025 Review report provided to Minister for the Environment

NSW has different types of wildlife rehabilitation service providers. They can be:

  • home-based and part of an overarching organisation (such as WIRES)
  • a central facility where volunteers go (such as Friends of the Koala),
  • part of an exhibited animal facility (such as Taronga Conservation Society)
  • a sole operator at home (that is an individual licence holder).

Five facilities have a veterinary wildlife hospital attached.

Wildlife rehabilitation groups face a range of challenges including:

  • changing social demographics that affect volunteer participation
  • mental health and wellbeing of volunteers
  • funding of rehabilitation services
  • resources to support volunteers
  • shortage of skilled vets and veterinary nurses
  • the need for secure buildings and facilities.

The sector relies on volunteer labour and support, community fundraising and community in-kind donations. The work of wildlife rehabilitation sector volunteers was estimated to be worth around $27 million a year, according to the results of a survey of wildlife rehabilitators.

NSW leads the wildlife rehabilitation field in Australia with an organised sector to do this critical work. An integrated, future focused continuing strategy is needed to support the sector, and ensure the sector is well connected so that care for native wildlife is available in all parts of the state.

Read and download the Discussion Paper here

How to have your say

Stakeholder participation is vital to the success of the review, and you are invited to make a submission on this discussion paper.

Throughout this discussion paper we share some messages from recent stakeholder consultations. These messages are indicative, not a complete representation of the views or issues, which will expand as the consultation continues. The government shares these messages to promote consultation and seek your reactions. They do not necessarily reflect the government’s position.

The discussion paper outlines questions for you to consider when making your submission. The questions are a guide to particular issues, but you are welcome to comment on other aspects of the sector. If you have relevant examples, data and research, ideas or issues you would like to raise as part of the review, please include them in your submission.

The government looks forward to hearing from you about what is and is not working well, and where the review should focus its attention.

Making submissions

Email your submission to review.wildliferehab@environment.nsw.gov.au

Post a written submission to:

Wildlife Rehab Sector Review
Locked Bag 5022
Parramatta NSW 2124

Submissions on the Discussion Paper close November 9, 2024

Next steps to tackle problematic plastics for a cleaner and safer NSW: Have Your Say

The NSW Government is seeking community and industry feedback on new proposals to tackle problematic plastic waste, promote more reusable and recyclable alternatives, and help NSW drive down plastic litter by 30% by 2025.

The NSW Plastics: The Way Forward action plan outlines possible steps to further reduce the impact of plastic litter and create a cleaner, safer and more sustainable environment.

Most of the proposals bring NSW into line with other jurisdictions which have moved ahead of NSW.

An eight-week consultation is being launched to seek feedback from community members, businesses, industry, environmental groups, scientific and regulatory organisations and others.

In 2022–23, NSW generated around 891,000 tonnes of plastic waste – almost 110 kilos per person – but only 14% of that was recycled.

Globally, around 8 million tonnes of plastic leak into our oceans every year. That pollution severely impacts marine wildlife, and it's estimated almost half of all seabirds and sea turtles are likely to have ingested plastic.

The NSW Government consulted on the NSW Plastics: Next Steps discussion paper, attracting more than 5,000 responses up to February 2024. They showed overwhelming public support for stronger action on plastic waste. Government has also been speaking directly to industry and other stakeholders.

The NSW Plastics: The Way Forward action plan builds on this collaboration and proposes new initiatives including:

  • Phasing out items where non-plastic alternatives already exist, like plastic lollipop sticks, pizza savers and plastic food tags for bread, bakery and pantry items.
  • Introducing design standards for single-use plastic cups, food containers and their lids to ensure they are easily recyclable.
  • Phasing out the supply of unnecessary plastic barrier bags.
  • Bringing NSW into line with other states and phasing out the release of helium balloons as well as plastic balloon sticks, clips and ties.
  • Requiring food service venues to accept reusable cups for hot and cold takeaway beverages.
  • Phasing out food packaging made of foamed plastic, as in Western Australia, including food trays, loose-fill packaging, and moulded or cut packaging.

This feedback will inform further action to tackle problematic plastic items, which could include legislative change.

You can find NSW Plastics: The Way Forward and provide feedback online: https://yoursay.epa.nsw.gov.au/nsw-plastics-way-forward.

Feedback is open until November 4 2024

Minster for the Environment Penny Sharpe said:

"Unless we take action, by 2050 there will be more plastic in the ocean than fish.

"We all want a healthier environment for humans and animals, with fewer problematic plastics.

"The phase-out of certain single-use plastics in NSW in 2019 has resulted in a 77% reduction in the number of banned single-use plastic items found in litter, but there are still too many takeaway food containers and plastic drink bottle lids strewn across our environment.

"We've listened to the concerns of businesses and industry, as well as environment and community groups. And now we'd like their feedback on the specific initiatives proposed in NSW Plastics: The Way Forward so we can take further action."


Household rubbish plastic bags for recycling. Image Credit: Rosie Nicolai

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about this summer.

NSW Health’s Acting Director of Environmental Health, Paul Byleveld, said with more people spending time outdoors, it was important to take steps to reduce mosquito bite risk.

“Mosquitoes thrive in wet, warm conditions like those that much of NSW is experiencing,” Byleveld said.

“Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

“People should take extra care to protect themselves against mosquito bites and mosquito-borne disease, particularly after the detection of JE in a sentinel chicken in Far Western NSW.

The NSW Health sentinel chicken program provides early warning about the presence of serious mosquito borne diseases, like JE. Routine testing in late December revealed a positive result for JE in a sample from Menindee. 

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. The survey will run for 12 months and close in November 2024.

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Summer is here so watch your step because beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.
Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Coles becomes first Aussie retailer to add electric prime mover truck to its grocery delivery network

October 30, 2024
Coles has become the country’s first retailer to welcome an electric prime mover truck to its transportation network, with the heavy-duty vehicle now delivering groceries to hundreds of stores across Victoria.

In partnership with Linfox, the Electric Vehicle (EV) will save more than 65 tonnes of CO21 emissions per year compared to a regular diesel-powered prime mover, which is the equivalent of removing 15 cars2 from the road.

Expected to make up to 25 deliveries from the Coles Distribution Centre in Victoria to stores across the state each week, the Volvo FH, awarded the International Truck of the Year 2024, can travel up to 300km on a single charge and will save approximately 25,000 litres of fuel every year3.

In addition to fuel and emission reductions, the EV is quieter to run, reducing noise pollution during store deliveries for customers in residential areas, and requires no idling, eliminating further emissions and fuel consumption.

Coles Chief Operations and Sustainability Officer Matt Swindells said the EV is another step in the retailer’s decarbonisation journey, as it continues to work with partners to reduce its Scope 3 emissions which occur in the retailer’s supply chain and make up the majority of its overall emissions profile.

“We’re excited to welcome our first EV prime mover to our network which is currently doing about 25 deliveries from our Distribution Centre in Victoria each week to hundreds of stores across the state,” said Matt.

“Not only will it prevent more than 65 tonnes of CO2 emissions every year, or the equivalent of removing 15 cars from our roads, it will save approximately 25,000 litres of fuel annually and is quieter to run, meaning reduced noise pollution for our customers,” he added.

“Linfox has been an early adopter of EV transport technology, and we’re pleased to be partnering with them to lower emissions on our roads, as well as in our supply chain, and contribute to driving change in the industry.”

Linfox CEO Australia and New Zealand Mark Mazurek said today’s announcement represented a significant and exciting milestone in Coles and Linfox’s ongoing efforts to reduce their carbon footprints and create a more sustainable future.

“Linfox is proud to work with Coles to reduce our carbon footprint. Without their commitment to sustainability and adaptability, this wouldn’t be possible,” said Mark.

“This fully electric prime mover is charged on site and is at the forefront of automotive technology. Over the past two years we’ve worked with Coles, Government and agencies to bring it to our roads, and we’re proud to be leading the industry towards a more sustainable future.”

In 2023 Coles announced that it was working with at least 75% of its suppliers by spend4 to set science-based emissions reduction targets by the end of June 20275 as part of its Scope 3 emissions supplier engagement target.

To help further reduce emissions in its supply chain, the retailer’s first electric Coles Online delivery van is currently running deliveries in Queensland as part of a trial. An EV heavy rigid truck is also delivering groceries to stores out of its Distribution Centre in Sydney and ten electric refrigeration vans are taking part in a trial designed to reduce emissions and fuel usage. 


L-R Coles Chief Operations & Sustainability Officer Matt Swindells with Linfox Chief Executive Officer Mark Mazurek

Calls for Urgent Protections as New Report Warns Antarctica is Approaching a Climate Change Tipping Point

Antarctica and its surrounding Southern Ocean are experiencing unprecedented temperature anomalies, with more frequent marine heatwaves and a step change in sea ice loss, according to a new report by the Antarctic and Southern Ocean Coalition (ASOC). 

This report was released as governments responsible for safeguarding Antarctic marine life convened their 43rd annual meeting in Hobart, Australia on October 14 – 25. 

The report, titled Protecting a Changing Southern Ocean, identifies a range of disproportionate threats to Antarctica and calls on the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR) to take urgent action to build Southern Ocean resilience by creating four proposed marine protected areas (MPAs): 
  1. the Domain 1 MPA (Antarctic Peninsula MPA), 
  2. the Weddell Sea Phase 1 MPA, 
  3. the Weddell Sea Phase 2 MPA, 
  4. and the East Antarctic MPA
CCAMLR agreed to establish a representative system of MPAs in the Southern Ocean in 2009. Since then, just two have been created and further development has stalled in recent years, with no MPAs designated since 2016. 

Although some progress has been made recently on the Domain 1 MPA proposal during a recent CCAMLR Harmonisation Symposium held in July of this year, ultimately the 43rd Meeting of CCAMLR, as reported above, recorded Russia and China vetoed all proposed measures, including one to renew existing krill management measures.

The July symposium brought together scientists, policy makers, industry, and conservationists to align krill fishery management with the proposed Domain 1 MPA , a region that, as the report highlights, is experiencing disproportionate impacts from climate change, tourism, and fishing. 

ASOC was calling on CCAMLR to progress this issue during the annual meeting. In recent years, fishing for krill  – a small creature that is the linchpin of the Antarctic ecosystem and stores at least 20 million tonnes of carbon in the deep ocean annually – has become increasingly concentrated in the Peninsula. This is causing localised depletion and has negative effects on predators, such as penguins. 

“The harmonisation symposium demonstrated that it is possible to make progress on discussions about MPAs and fisheries management – issues that CCAMLR has struggled to resolve. All that’s needed now is for that spirit of cooperation to continue at the upcoming CCAMLR meeting so that we can designate the Domain 1 MPA and improve the precautionary management of the krill fishery.” said Claire Christian, Executive Director of the Antarctic and Southern Ocean Coalition, before this year's meeting.

“The Antarctic Peninsula faces increasing threats from surging tourism, concentrated krill fishing, and record-breaking temperatures year after year. 

With these warning signs flashing in the Southern Ocean, it’s more crucial than ever for CCAMLR to fulfil its role as the steward of Antarctic marine life. This year, CCAMLR must take decisive action by establishing a network of MPAs to build resilience in this climate-vulnerable region, starting with the Antarctic Peninsula MPA, and by enhancing krill fishery management to better protect the region’s iconic wildlife,” said Andrea Kavanagh, director of Antarctic and Southern Ocean conservation work for the Pew Bertarelli Ocean Legacy Project.

“Climate change has outpaced decision-making in the Antarctic. The science is clear – establishing a MPA in the Antarctic Peninsula would protect critical foraging grounds for wildlife, like whales, penguins and seals, and ensure that critical services that krill provide to the planet – including carbon sequestration – remain intact,” added Emily Grilly, Ocean Conservation Manager for WWF-Australia.

As the report also concludes, this network of MPAs would protect 26% of the Southern Ocean and nearly 3% of the global ocean. Twenty-six of CCAMLR’s 27 members are signatories to the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework, which commits nations to protect 30% of the global ocean by 2030 (30×30) through the establishment of MPAs. 

Achieving this target requires the rapid expansion of MPAs in the High Seas, including in the Southern Ocean, which constitutes approximately 10% of the global ocean. International progress towards the 30×30 target will be assessed during the Convention of Biological Diversity 16th Conference of the Parties (CBD COP16) in Colombia on 21 October to November 1, while the CCAMLR annual meeting is ongoing.

“As leaders race to find ways to make conservation commitments a reality at CBD COP16, it’s high time for CCAMLR member governments to catch up with the pace of change in Antarctica and with global commitments to protect the ocean. CCAMLR is in a unique position to spearhead protection in international waters and lead the world in taking major step towards protecting the global ocean by creating a network of ocean sanctuaries,” said Jehki Härkönen Ocean Policy Advisor with Greenpeace International

“The decisions made at this CCAMLR meeting could define the future of the Southern Ocean – and our planet. The world is watching to see whether the members of the Commission will fulfil their mission to protect the Southern Ocean and will take the bold steps needed to protect this fragile, climate-vulnerable region,” said Sascha Müller-Kraenner, Executive Director of Deutsche Umwelthilfe. 

More next Issue, Week Four, for November 2024 - of Issue No.: 636.

State of the Climate 2024: Australia is enduring harsher fire seasons, more ocean heatwaves and sea-level rise

ArliftAtoz2205, Shutterstock
Neil SimsCSIRO and Pep CanadellCSIRO

Worldwide, greenhouse gas emissions are still increasing, and temperatures are rising across land and sea.

But what is climate change doing to Australia, the driest inhabited continent? The latest CSIRO and Bureau of Meteorology report highlights that Australia’s climate is continuing to warm.

Extreme fire weather is increasing. Sea levels are rising. Marine heatwaves are becoming more intense and frequent. And oceans are getting more acidic. All of these come with serious consequences for Australia’s environment and communities.

Australia’s land is already 1.5°C hotter

On land, Australia has warmed by an average of 1.51°C since 1910. Our oceans have heated up by 1.08°C on average since 1900.

This doesn’t mean we’ve breached the Paris Agreement goal of holding climate change to 1.5°C or less, because this goal is based on the long-term average of both land and ocean temperatures. But Australia’s land and seas are now at record levels of heat.

Globally, 2023 was the hottest year on record – so far. But Australia’s warmest recorded year was 2019.

Why the difference? Between 2020 and early 2023, three consecutive La Niña events have kept Australia wetter and cooler than during most of the past decade, leading to fewer heat extremes than in 2019. Even so, these years were still warmer than most years before 2000.

As Australia keeps warming, extreme heat events will become more frequent and more extreme. Extreme heatwaves cause more deaths in Australia than any other natural hazard, peaking at 95 heat-related deaths in 2013-14, according to data from the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare.



More heat waves, longer fire seasons

Australia is notoriously fire prone. But fires differ hugely, from low-intensity grassfires through to enormous bushfires that consume forests. When extreme fire weather arrives – hot, dry and windy – small fires can turn large very quickly.

Extreme fire weather is more frequent and more intense than in previous decades. Hotter conditions dry out grass and leaf litter, producing more fuel for fire. This has led to larger and more frequent forest fires, especially in the southeast of Australia over the past 30 years. Dangerous fire weather will be more common in the future, and the fire seasons will continue to lengthen.

In extreme fire years such as the Black Summer of 2019-20, when large areas of Australia’s east coast burned, carbon dioxide emissions from bushfires and prescribed burns can actually outweigh Australia’s total emissions that year. However, these emissions are offset in large part when trees and shrubs regrow.

Drier in the south, wetter in the north

Climate change is driving a major divergence in where rain falls in Australia.

In northern Australia, average wet-season rainfall is now about 20% higher than 30 years ago.

But in southwestern Australia, rainfall in the cooler, growing-season months has declined 16%, and in the southeast by 9% in recent decades.

More rain in these regions now falls in heavy, short-lived rainfall events.

These changes are also reflected in our rivers, with significantly lower flows for about one third of the gauges in the south. Australia-wide, only 4% of our river gauges are measuring increased flows, and almost all of these are in the north.

map showing trends in stream flow in australia
Flows are declining in most rivers in Australia’s south due in part to reduced rainfall, while most rivers in the north are seeing increased flows linked to higher rainfall. This map shows trends in annual median streamflow from available river gauge data in the 1970−2023 period. CSIRO/Bureau of MeteorologyCC BY-NC-ND

Hotter oceans, rising seas

Almost all (90%) of the extra heat trapped by greenhouse gases has gone into the oceans. Oceans are getting rapidly hotter. This matters because ocean heat strongly influences weather patterns in Australia.

Australia’s oceans are warming faster than the global average. But the oceans off south-east Australia and the Tasman Sea are a particular hotspot and are now warming at twice the global average.

As the seas warm, they expand. This thermal expansion is one of the main contributors to rising sea levels. Around Australia, sea levels have risen 22 centimetres since 1900 – with half of that since 1970.

More emissions equals more heat

Avoiding the worst damage from climate change is conceptually simple and unequivocal: rapidly reduce greenhouse gases in the atmosphere will help Australia meet its net zero 2050 target.

Tasmania’s northwest tip has some of the cleanest air in the world, which is why it was chosen to host the Kennaook/Cape Grim Baseline Air Pollution Station. For 48 years, this station has been recording concentrations of greenhouse gases. The picture it captures is stark.

Carbon dioxide (CO₂) concentrations are now about 51% higher than pre-industrial levels, while concentrations of methane and nitrous oxide, both strong greenhouse gases, continue to increase. Their rate of atmospheric accumulation has rapidly increased in recent years even as some regions and some sources have begun to see emissions slow or even decline, such as reduced CO₂ emissions from land clearing, globally and in Australia.

Global CO₂ emissions from fossil fuel use have been increasing since the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, and increased by 1.1% from 2022 to 2023, reaching the highest annual level ever recorded.

The golden sun rises behind the headland and detached island at Number One Beach, Seal Rocks NSW.
The warming has led to an increase in the frequency of extreme heat events over land and in the oceans. Leah-Anne Thompson, Shutterstock

Australia’s carbon contribution

This year, the State of the Climate report for the first time quantifies Australia’s major human and natural carbon sources and sinks and how they contribute to global CO₂ levels.

It shows the average annual carbon content embedded in Australia’s fossil fuel exports between 2010 and 2019 (1,055 megatonnes) was more than double the average annual national carbon emissions over the same period (455 Mt). However, the emissions of these carbon exports are accounted in the countries where the fossil fuels are used.

It also demonstrates the importance of maintaining the integrity of our natural land ecosystems. Ecosystems are Australia’s most important carbon sinks, but their effectiveness as sinks depends on factors including the future evolution of the climate and how it will affect rainfall and wildfire regimes.

A colourful infographic explaining Australia's Carbon Budget 2010-2019
Australia’s Carbon Budget 2010-2019. A product of the National Environmental Science Program - Climate Systems Hub; and a contribution to the Global Carbon Project - Regional Carbon Cycle Assessment and Processes-2. Source: NESP-2

What lies ahead for Australia?

Australia’s warming is expected to continue, which will lead to more extreme heat events, lower rainfall in some regions, and longer droughts.

We can expect to see more intense rainfall events, even in regions where average rainfall falls or stays the same.

Sudden intense rains make flooding more likely, especially in urban areas where concrete and tarmac prevent the ground from soaking up excess water and in low-lying coastal areas where rising sea levels amplify damage from other climate hazards.

Climate change is already here. Through multiple lines of data and evidence, we have tracked what it is doing to make Australia hotter, more prone to floods and fires, and cutting river flows in the south where most of us live.

If warming continues, these trends will get worse over time. Understanding these changes and the impacts to Australia will help manage climate risk, now and in the decades to come.

Blair Trewin, Senior Research Scientist at the Bureau of Meteorology, contributed to this article

Correction: This article originally gave an incorrect figure for heat-related deaths. It has been amended.The Conversation

Neil Sims, Senior Research Scientist, CSIRO and Pep Canadell, Chief Research Scientist, CSIRO Environment; Executive Director, Global Carbon Project, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

5 things you can do to end the biodiversity crisis as the world talks about it at COP16

Jim RadfordLa Trobe University

The world is charging towards tipping points for species extinctionsecosystem collapse and loss of genetic diversity. Crossing these tipping points will be devastating for nature and human existence alike.

Avoiding this catastrophe of humanity’s making is the purpose of the 16th Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (COP16) in Cali, Colombia. COP16 has been reviewing progress on implementing the Global Biodiversity Framework adopted at COP15 in Montreal, Canada, in 2022. Progress has been incremental at best.

These pledges, plans and goals, while necessary and commendable, are also far removed and often intangible for everyday citizens. Collective global action is inherently political. It moves at glacial pace when urgent action is needed.

The issues can seem so colossal and complex that individuals often feel powerless. This may mean they do nothing or, worse, add to the problem. But, in fact, there are five steps individuals can take to help end the biodiversity crisis.

So why isn’t government action enough?

COP16 wraps up on November 1, but has so far failed to live up to expectations. The COP16 chair claims it has put biodiversity “on an equal footing” with climate. However, solid commitments have yet to emerge.

For example, before COP16, governments had pledged only US$250 million (A380 million) of the estimated $200 billion per year required by 2030 for the Global Biodiversity Framework Fund. Pledges of another $163 million this week take the total number of contributors to a mere 12.

Only 15% of countries (including Australia) met the deadline to submit their plans to meet the goals set at COP15. These include protecting at least 30% of the world’s land and water and restoring 30% of degraded ecosystems by 2030.

And plans do not guarantee action. Indeed, the world has never achieved a single global nature target set by such initiatives.

Our everyday decisions can’t be divorced from nature

“Natural capital” is a buzzword in global initiatives, government policies, marketing slogans and sustainability frameworks worldwide. Natural capital refers to all living and non-living natural resources that provide products and services of value to society. In essence, it’s what we commonly call “nature”.

Understanding and managing natural capital is crucial for conserving biodiversity, addressing climate change and ensuring future generations’ wellbeing by not exceeding our planetary boundaries. It’s why we’ve recently created the Natural Capital Primer. It’s a website that explains how our everyday lives, businesses and economies depend on nature.

By understanding our connection to nature, we can all reduce our impact on nature. Here are five ways you can make a difference, starting today.

The Natural Capital Primer explains the concept, aiming to shift attitudes toward nature and promote global conservation.

1. Cut consumption when you can

Do you really need to update your mobile phone, your summer wardrobe or your flat-screen TV? What we buy reverberates around the globe.

Our demand for new products affects resource extraction (leading to habitat loss), carbon emissions (propelling climate change) and pollution (degrading habitat). These impacts are often far from where we make our purchases. From the lithium in our phones to the plastics in our clothes and the metals in our vehicles, our consumption drives demand, which almost inevitably harms biodiversity.

If you do need to replace something, consider buying second-hand or products made from recycled materials.

2. Watch what you eat

Agriculture is the single greatest driver of changes in land use and biodiversity loss. We all need to eat, of course, but where possible buy local and sustainably produced foods.

Reducing processed foods in your shopping trolley is a good start. Cutting your intake of over-fished, wild-caught seafoodred meat and palm oil-based products will also help. This issue is not straightforward because these products are available as a confusing mix of unsustainable and sustainable options.

A further complication, made worse by the rise of greenwashing, is that it can be hard to work out exactly what is in certain foods or where they came from. Sustainability certification and apps (GoodFish Australia, for example) can help consumers make better choices.

3. Choose renewable energy

The climate and biodiversity crises are inseparable. Neither can be resolved in isolation. For example, nature-based solutions, such as protecting forests as carbon sinks, will help with both the climate crisis and biodiversity.

With greenhouse gas emissions driving climate change, which threatens many species, a whole range of our choices determine the impacts of our energy use. From your mode of transport to powering your home, choose renewable energy sources.

Tech giants such as Google and Amazon are turning to nuclear energy to power their generative AI and cloud storage in an effort to reduce their climate impact. However, 100% renewable energy is realistic if consumers demand it from their power companies and governments.

4. Get your hands dirty

You can take direct action to protect and increase biodiversity. Volunteer or donate to environmental projects in your neighbourhood. Not only will this make you feel good, but revegetation and habitat restoration do improve local biodiversity.

Many grass-roots, community-driven projects are making a difference on the ground. They range from urban restoration work, such as the Merri Creek restoration in Melbourne, to forest stewardship projects, such as Tarwin River Forest in Gippsland, Victoria. Get local and get involved!

5. Adjust expectations and accept responsibility

People in wealthy countries (such as Australia) have both the biggest environmental footprints and the most capacity to adapt. They must lead change.

The process starts with increasing awareness of the issues and taking responsibility for change. That includes adjusting our expectations about how and where we live.

Small changes are magnified when repeated by millions of people. We should never doubt the power of cumulative impact. After all, it’s what got us into this mess in the first place.

So while governments and corporations haggle, posture and delay over global targets and policies, we can all start right now to make a difference through smarter decisions and sustainable choices.The Conversation

Jim Radford, Associate Professor, Ecology and Environment, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Earth’s climate will keep changing long after humanity hits net-zero emissions. Our research shows why

Shutterstock
Andrew KingThe University of Melbourne and Tilo ZiehnCSIRO

The world is striving to reach net-zero emissions as we try to ward off dangerous global warming. But will getting to net-zero actually avert climate instability, as many assume?

Our new study examined that question. Alarmingly, we found reaching net-zero in the next few decades will not bring an immediate end to the global heating problem. Earth’s climate will change for many centuries to come.

And this continuing climate change will not be evenly spread. Australia would keep warming more than almost any other land area. For example if net-zero emissions are reached by 2060, the Australian city of Melbourne is still predicted to warm by 1°C after that point.

But that’s not to say the world shouldn’t push to reach net-zero emissions as quickly as possible. The sooner we get there, the less damaging change the planet will experience in the long run.

wind farm on coast
New research examines if climate change will stop once the world reaches net-zero emissions. Shutterstock

Reaching net-zero is vital

Global greenhouse gas emissions hit record highs in 2023. At the same time, Earth experienced its hottest year.

Analysis suggests emissions may peak in the next couple of years then start to fall. But as long as emissions remain substantial, the planet will keep warming.

Most of the world’s nations, including Australia, have signed up to the Paris climate agreement. The deal aims to keep global warming well below 2°C, and requires major emitters to reach net-zero as soon as possible. Australia, along with many other nations, is aiming to reach the goal by 2050.

Getting to net-zero essentially means nations must reduce human-caused greenhouse gas emissions as much as possible, and compensate for remaining emissions by removing greenhouse gases from the atmosphere elsewhere. Methods for doing this include planting additional vegetation to draw down and store carbon, or using technology to suck carbon out of the air.

Getting to net-zero is widely considered the point at which global warming will stop. But is that assumption correct? And does it mean warming would stop everywhere across the planet? Our research sought to find out.

Centuries of change

Computer models simulating Earth’s climate under different scenarios are an important tool for climate scientists. Our research used a model known as the Australian Community Climate and Earth System Simulator.

Such models are like lab experiments for climate scientists to test ideas. Models are fed with information about greenhouse gas emissions. They then use equations to predict how those emissions would affect the movement of air and the ocean, and the transfer of carbon and heat, across Earth over time.

We wanted to see what would happen once the world hit net-zero carbon dioxide at various points in time, and maintained it for 1,000 years.

We ran seven simulations from different start points in the 21st century, at five-year increments from 2030 to 2060. These staggered simulations allowed us to measure the effect of various delays in reaching net-zero.

We found Earth’s climate would continue to evolve under all simulations, even if net-zero emissions was maintained for 1,000 years. But importantly, the later net-zero is reached, the larger the climate changes Earth would experience.

Warming oceans and melting ice

Earth’s average temperature across land and sea is the main indicator of climate change. So we looked at that first.

We found this temperature would continue to rise slowly under net-zero emissions – albeit at a much slower rate than we see today. Most warming would take place on the ocean surface; average temperature on land would only change a little.

We also looked at temperatures below the ocean surface. There, the ocean would warm strongly even under net-zero emissions – and this continues for many centuries. This is because seawater absorbs a lot of energy before warming up, which means some ocean warming is inevitable even after emissions fall.

Over the last few decades of high greenhouse gas emissions, sea ice extent fell in the Arctic – and more recently, around Antarctica. Under net-zero emissions, we anticipate Arctic sea ice extent would stabilise but not recover.

In contrast, Antarctic sea ice extent is projected to fall under net-zero emissions for many centuries. This is associated with continued slow warming of the Southern Ocean around Antarctica.

Importantly, we found long-term impacts on the climate worsen the later we reach net-zero emissions. Even just a five-year delay would affect on the projected climate 1,000 years later.

Delaying net-zero by five years results in a higher global average surface temperature, a much warmer ocean and reduced sea ice extent for many centuries.

Australia’s evolving climate

The effect on the climate of reaching net-zero emissions differs across the world.

For example, Australia is close to the Southern Ocean, which is projected to continue warming for many centuries even under net-zero emissions. This warming to Australia’s south means even under a net-zero emissions pathway, we expect the continent to continue to warm more than almost all other land areas on Earth.

For example, the models predict Melbourne would experience 1°C of warming over centuries if net-zero was reached in 2060.

Net-zero would also lead to changes in rainfall in Australia. Winter rainfall across the continent would increase – a trend in contrast to drying currently underway in parts of Australia, particularly in the southwest and southeast.

Knowns and unknowns

There is much more to discover about how the climate might behave under net-zero.

But our analysis provides some clues about what climate changes to expect if humanity struggles to achieve large-scale “net-negative” emissions – that is, removing carbon from the atmosphere at a greater rate than it is emitted.

Experiments with more models will help improve scientists’ understanding of climate change beyond net-zero emissions. These simulations may include scenarios in which carbon removal methods are so successful, Earth actually cools and some climate changes are reversed.

Despite the unknowns, one thing is very clear: there is a pressing need to push for net-zero emissions as fast as possible.The Conversation

Andrew King, Senior Lecturer in Climate Science, The University of Melbourne and Tilo Ziehn, Principal Research Scientist, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

215 million hectares of forest – an area bigger than Mexico – could grow back by itself, if we can just leave it alone

Gustavo Frazao/Shutterstock
Brooke WilliamsQueensland University of Technology and Robin ChazdonUniversity of Connecticut

About 215 million hectares of land – an area bigger than Mexico – could be reforested naturally and without costly manual planting, our new research shows.

This would allow us to offset around 23.4 gigatonnes of global carbon emissions over the next three decades. That’s about 50 years worth of Australia’s carbon emissions (assuming 2023 emission rates continue).

Extensive and effective forest restoration is crucial to mitigating climate change and conserving biodiversity.

It’s vital we find cost-effective ways to get and keep more trees in the ground. One way to do this is just to let forests grow back by themselves. However, this isn’t possible in all deforested lands, as certain environmental conditions are needed for this approach to work.

Our research identified land where this approach had strong potential.

A stretch of degraded land in Brazil sits near some forests.
Allowing forests to grow back naturally in deforested areas, such as this degraded land in Brazil, could be more cost-effective than manual reforestation projects. Author provided

The benefits of natural regeneration

Globally, 65% of original tropical forest extent has been lost to make way for human development such as agriculture, roads, and urbanisation. Deforestation has contributed to climate change and biodiversity loss.

We’ve also lost a worrying amount of what researchers call “ecosystem services”, meaning the benefits people derive from nature, such as clean water.

Forest restoration is an important strategy for reversing the damage.

Our paper, published in the journal Nature, looked at where natural regeneration is likely to be successful due to the surrounding environmental conditions.

Natural regeneration is important because it is sometimes better than manual tree planting, which includes the costs of saplings, manual labour, fertilisation and maintenance.

Using manual techniques in degraded landscapes can be expensive. It can also be less effective in terms of native biodiversity recovery and keeping water systems functioning well.

Natural regeneration is a less costly alternative. That means allowing forests to grow back on their own or with carefully planned human intervention.

For example, natural reforestation may cost between $US12 and $3,880 per hectare. By contrast, active regeneration methods in the tropics would cost between $105 and $25,830 per hectare.

Natural regeneration restoration methods often have better long-term success and biodiversity outcomes than full manual tree-planting.

Studies have found that biodiversity “success” – meaning richer biodiversity and more species – can be up to 56% higher when natural regeneration approaches were used (rather than manual planting projects).

An area of degraded and deforested land is depicted alongside rainforest.
It’s vital we find cost-effective ways to get and keep more trees in the ground. Richard Whitcombe/Shutterstock

Where might natural reforestation projects succeed?

Until now, it’s not always been clear how to predict areas where natural regeneration is most likely to occur. That’s made it hard to do large-scale natural regeneration projects.

Our research addresses this gap. We identified the best areas to roll out natural approaches in the tropics.

We focused on tropical forested regions because they are particularly important.

Their biodiversity is unparalleled and they provide vast economic, cultural, and recreational services to people.

They also grow much faster than other forest types, and many large tropical forests have already been cleared and degraded.

Factors that make a forest likely to regenerate naturally include:

  • the amount of surrounding forest
  • distance to existing forest and
  • soil organic carbon content

This suggests areas with higher levels of landscape degradation and intensive land uses would be less likely to regenerate naturally.

We found suitable environmental conditions for natural regeneration occur across:

  • 98 million hectares in the Neotropics (which includes many areas in South and Central America)

  • 90 million hectares in the Indomalayan tropics (which includes many areas in Southeast Asia, Malaysia, and India)

  • 25.5 million hectares in the continent of Africa

Up to 52% of this natural regeneration could occur in just five countries: Brazil, Indonesia, China, Mexico, and Colombia.

This suggests these countries would be excellent candidates for large scale natural regeneration projects.

We also found that 29 other countries have at least one million hectares each that could be naturally reforested.

We identified 400,000 hectares of deforested lands with potential for natural forest regeneration in the Australian tropics.

A chimp sits in a shady bit of forest.
Fixing forests will also improve biodiversity. Martin Prochazkacz/Shutterstock

The world has committed to fixing forests

The world has committed to ambitious forest restoration targets in order to substantially increase the area of forest ecosystems by 2050.

These commitments include the Bonn Challenge, which aims to restore 350 million hectares by 2030.

Another is Target 2 of the recently adopted Global Biodiversity Framework, which calls for 30% of the area of degraded ecosystems to be restored by 2030.

Achieving these targets, especially for nations with emerging economies, will not be possible using active restoration techniques alone. This due to cost and feasibility constraints.

To assist with this global task, we have made our dataset publicly available and free to use.

Local communities at the centre

Encouraging natural regeneration remains a major challenge, particularly on privately held and communally managed land because it can mean reduced land available for other uses.

Providing local people with training and support to grow, harvest and market products sourced from naturally regenerating forests is also crucial. This could help keep young naturally regenerating forests standing and growing.

This income could supplement or replace payments landowners and local people currently receive to look after land and prevent it from being deforested. Payment-based approaches are not always sustainable in the long term.

Currently, many forests are controlled and managed by central or national governments. Giving local and Indigenous communities control over their forests would help encourage restoration that meets local needs.

However, this requires appropriate technical support and monitoring.

Importantly, our analysis does not define where restoration activities should or should not occur. We only show where natural forest regeneration is possible or more likely to succeed.

We echo calls to ensure restoration occurs as equitably as possible, and foregrounds the needs of local people.

Sungai Utik, a breathtaking river in West Kalimantan, Indonesia, Essential to the indigenous Dayak Iban Community
Forest restoration should be as equitable as possible, and foreground the needs of local people. WNDR Worlds/Shutterstock

Let’s give it a chance

Natural forest regeneration presents an opportunity to restore vast areas of forest cheaply and effectively. It can help mitigate the effects of climate change and help countries meet their emissions reduction targets.

Other benefits include conserving biodiversity, regulating water resources, reducing erosion, and making ecosystems more resilient.

Recognising the massive regeneration capacity of tropical forests is key.

It’s also crucial it occurs alongside protecting intact forests, and reducing deforestation.The Conversation

Brooke Williams, Research Fellow, School of Biology & Environmental Science, Queensland University of Technology and Robin Chazdon, Professor Emerita of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Connecticut

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Individual action on climate was tarred as greenwashing or virtue signalling. But it still has a place

j.chizhe/Shutterstock
Sukhbir SandhuUniversity of South Australia

Two decades ago, the fight against climate change was often framed as a personal choice. You might try to reduce your carbon footprint by avoiding flights or change your buying habits to avoid meat or reduce plastic.

But this approach lost popularity, as it shifted responsibility from producer to consumer. The carbon footprint, for instance, was famously popularised by oil company BP. In 2008, well-known American climate activist Bill McKibben pointed out the impotence of individual action without collective action.

Behavioural researchers also began finding a seeming paradox – many of us expressed strong interest in taking individual action on climate, but our actual behaviours barely changed.

Much focus shifted to top-down efforts such as government incentives for clean energy and commitments at a national level to cut emissions.

But there is still a role for individuals – especially around demonstrating what clean alternatives actually look like. For instance, the more solar panels are installed on rooftops in your neighbourhood, the more likely you are to consider it. This neighbourhood effect also affects uptake of electric vehicles and e-bikes. This is especially important if we are to see clean alternatives go mainstream rather than stop at a small fraction of the population.

Of course, individual actions can only go so far. As our research on sustainable consumption has shown, individual actions can be magnified with a backdrop of institutional support.

solar installer on roof
The neighbourhood effect has influence on solar and electric vehicle uptake. zstock/Shutterstock

What we say and what we do

Humans are complicated. We often say we want to make greener choices – but in reality, we act differently.

Individual climate action sounds great in theory. If many of us chose electric vehicles or bikes, installed solar panels and built energy efficient houses, our actions in aggregate could contribute to wider emissions goals. Then there are choices such as reducing dairy and meat, installing LED lights and buying produce with less packaging.

Everyday actions can contribute too, such as washing clothes in cold water, avoiding putting aircon too low or heating too high, and wearing extra layers of clothes. Recycling, repairing and reusing offer us still more methods to extend the life of our products, reduce waste and save money.

Yet it turns out the reality of individual action on climate is much more complicated – because we are complicated.

When surveyed, a majority of us say we want green, sustainable products. But when we go to the shops, we often don’t actually buy them. My colleagues and I have dubbed this the “Janus faced” consumer phenomenon – we often say one thing but do another.

Why might that be? One reason is many consumers believe green products – whether electric cars or detergents – will perform worse. Green products are also perceived to be more expensive and inconvenient to use.

Then there’s the question of virtue signalling. This is a phenomenon where consumers purchase highly visible green products primarily to signal they’re a person who cares about the environment without necessarily doing so.

Some of these challenges are being overcome. It’s hard to write off modern electric cars as inferior when they can accelerate faster and run much cheaper than fossil fuel cars. While early adopters of solar might once have been seen as virtue-signallers, the main reason Australian households go solar is to save money on the power bill, according to a CSIRO survey.

toyota prius dashboard
Was buying a Toyota Prius about going green – or signalling your virtue? Stephen Barnes/Shutterstock

One and the many

Individual action can only go so far. For individual action to create sustained impact, it needs supportive policies and institutional backing.

For instance, a 2023 report found many Australian clean energy organisations would like to re-use solar panels for community projects or as a low-cost option for households. This makes sense, given used solar panels are often 80% as good as new ones.

But for consumers to actually act on this, they need institutional scaffolding. If you’re going to buy used solar, you want to make sure they are in good condition. Without a certification process, their willingness will come to nothing.

While many of us say we would consider buying an electric vehicle, the uptake is constrained by things outside our control such as whether there are enough public chargers in cities and rural areas.

You can see the importance of institutional backing clearly in transport. The Melbourne-Sydney flight path is the fifth busiest in the world. That’s because there are no fast green alternatives. If there was high-speed rail as in China or Japan, many of us would choose to avoid the emissions caused by flying. But it doesn’t exist (yet), so our individual choices are curtailed.

Which way forward?

As climate change intensifies, more and more of us say we are willing to act on our beliefs and concerns on an individual level. Even better, more of us are actually doing what we say we will.

Not everywhere, of course. For many Australians, switching from petrol to electric might be easier than giving up meat or a flight to Japan. But some progress is better than none.

This groundswell is encouraging. But our individual efforts can only go so far. To make the most of it, we need institutional scaffolding. Australia has world-beating rooftop solar uptake because state and federal governments used subsidies and incentives to make the emerging technology cheaper. With incentives on offer, millions of us made individual choices to take it up.

We are more than consumers, of course. Our power as individuals isn’t limited to choosing specific products. As citizens, we can push for our governments to provide the essential scaffolding we need to make greener choices.The Conversation

Sukhbir Sandhu, Associate Professor in Sustainability, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Spreading crushed rock over farmland can remove CO₂ from the atmosphere if we do it right

Paul Nelson
Paul NelsonJames Cook University and Wolfram BussAustralian National University

Carbon dioxide (CO₂) is naturally removed from the air when it reacts with certain types of rock. We can accelerate this process by crushing suitable rocks and spreading them over agricultural fields. This simple method, known as “enhanced rock weathering”, could vastly increase the rate of CO₂ removal from the atmosphere.

Modelling studies suggest billions of tonnes of CO₂ might be removed annually if crushed rocks were applied to croplands globally. With current energy-related emissions at 37 billion tonnes a year, this means enhanced weathering could contribute in a big way to reaching net zero emissions. A new industry is rapidly emerging to do just that.

But before everyone gets too carried away, it’s crucial to be able to measure how much CO₂ is captured. Both industry and governments will need accurate measurements for effective policy, regulation and reporting.

In our new research, we measured CO₂ capture in a tropical agricultural soil. We found the CO₂ capture rate was low in this soil, despite significant weathering. This means soil type needs to be carefully considered when estimating CO₂ capture rate.

What is rock weathering?

Rock rich in calcium and/or magnesium, such as basalt, can be crushed and spread over the soil to capture CO₂. The rock can be mined for this purpose or obtained as a byproduct from other mines or from gravel making.

In soil, the CO₂ dissolves to form carbonic acid, which is what makes drinks fizzy. This acid can react with the rocks, converting CO₂ into bicarbonate, which traps the carbon in solution.

Bicarbonate can be further converted in the soil and stored as solid carbonate (limestone). Or it can leach into groundwater, then rivers to the sea, where it is stored long-term as dissolved bicarbonate or as carbonate rock.

Rock weathering happens naturally on geological time scales. But for the technology to work in tackling climate change, we need to speed it up.

Existing mining equipment can be used to grind the rock, while agricultural spreaders typically used to distribute lime can spread the crushed rock over the land.

Adding crushed rock in this way can improve soil health and crop production because it neutralises soil acidity, supplies nutrients such as magnesium, calcium and phosphorus, and can help increase soil organic content.

Loading crushed basalt into a spreader for application to trial plots on a sugarcane farm in North Queensland
Adding crushed rock can also improve the soil. Paul Nelson

How much CO₂ is captured?

In the Midwest United States, potential CO₂ removal rates of up to 2.6 tonnes of CO₂ per hectare per year have been estimated over a four-year period. This was based on applying 50 tonnes of finely crushed basalt per hectare every year. That rate is close to the highest natural rate reported globally, in Java, Indonesia (2.8 tonnes of CO₂ per hectare per year).

But when we applied crushed basalt to a sugarcane field in Australia, over five years at the same rate, we had very different results. Our measurements of bicarbonate and carbonate in soil and water showed very low rates of CO₂ removal.

Overall, the results from laboratory and field trials vary greatly from one study to the next. CO₂ removal estimates range from 0.02 to more than 10 tonnes of CO₂ per hectare. This variation could be due to the nature of the crushed rock and the way it was applied, the climate, soil type, cropping system and the duration of the trial. The figure also depends on the measurement method used.

Are we measuring it right?

We have now shown there can be a large gap between directly measured carbon capture and the amount estimated in other ways. Direct measurement of CO₂ removal through conversion to bicarbonate and carbonate in soil and water can be difficult and costly. So far, this is mainly done in research trials, as we did in our studies.

Other techniques are being developed to estimate in-field CO₂ removal in a way that is easier for monitoring, reporting and verifying large-scale projects. These estimates use a combination of modelling and estimates of weathering rate.

We have shown in a glasshouse study that the discrepancy between measured and estimated CO₂ capture varies a lot between soils. We found this discrepancy is largely driven by soil acidity.

In our recent field trial in an acidic soil, weathering was mostly due to acids that are stronger than carbonic acid. The added rock preferentially reacts with these stronger acids rather than carbonic acid, so rock weathering takes place, but without capturing much CO₂.

Loading crushed basalt into a spreader ready for application to trial plots on a sugarcane farm in North Queensland.
Rock rich in calcium and/or magnesium, such as basalt, can be crushed and spread over the soil to capture CO₂. James Cook University

Great potential

It’s becoming increasingly clear greenhouse gases will have to be removed from the atmosphere if we are to avoid dangerous climate change. Carbon emissions must be cut, but these cuts won’t be deep enough to achieve net zero emissions by 2050. So carbon removals will need to equal remaining emissions.

Enhanced rock weathering has great potential for CO₂ removal, but we don’t yet have robust ways of measuring its effectiveness. There is a need to better understand the reactions in soil that affect CO₂ removal across different soil types and under different management. We may also need to continue directly measuring carbon capture until we have confidence in more convenient estimates.The Conversation

Paul Nelson, Associate Professor of Soil Science, James Cook University and Wolfram Buss, Research fellow, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why building more big dams is a costly gamble for our future water security and the environment

John KanduluFlinders UniversityRichard KingsfordUNSW Sydney, and Sarah Ann WheelerFlinders University

Climate change and biodiversity loss are mounting threats to Australia’s water security. So we often hear calls for more dams. But is that the answer?

Our recent research reveals large dam projects are costly gambles with public money. They often fail to deliver promised economic benefits. They also have major environmental, financial and social impacts.

In New South Wales, some members of the Lower Lachlan River community were concerned about plans to expand Wyangala Dam. They first asked us in 2020 to investigate its full costs and benefits, with findings presented at a local workshop in 2022.

The first WaterNSW estimate of capital and operating costs was A$620 million in 2018. Within a few years, it had soared to as much as $2.1 billion. In 2023, the project was scrapped because it wasn’t economically viable.

Similar concerns surround other projects overseas and in Australia, including Hells Gate Dam in Queensland, and Dungowan Dam and Snowy Hydro 2.0 in NSW.

To avoid repeating costly mistakes and mismanaging taxpayers’ money, we need a smarter approach to major water projects. This includes independent assessments and greater transparency, with business cases made public and decision-making open to scrutiny. And planning for climate change must become a priority.

Lessons from past mistakes

Inadequate economic assessments of big dam projects are a global problem. The Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam and India’s Subansiri Lower Hydroelectric Project promised big, but had rising price tags and devastating impacts on ecosystems.

In Australia and worldwide, big dam cost overruns can be up to 825%. The average overrun is 120%. This casts serious doubt on such projects’ financial and social viability. Public costs for private gains are a major concern.

Our study reviewed the original business case for the Wyangala Dam expansion. The original study had concluded there would be net social benefits and gave the project the green light.

Our review found the business case was seriously flawed. It overestimated benefits and grossly underestimated physical capital and environmental costs.

Estimated building costs blew out by 239%. If the project had gone ahead, the costs would undoubtedly have increased.

On top of this, assessments of impacts on rivers and wetlands were poor and superficial. They greatly undervalued the environmental effects of expanding the dam, particularly on downstream wetlands.

On the other side of the equation, its benefits were overblown, particularly for water security and agriculture.

Local voices believed many of their concerns had been ignored. There were deep concerns that flood-dependent farmers downstream might lose some of their livelihoods. Indigenous communities were worried about their cultural sites being destroyed.

Our analysis provided a more rigorous assessment of benefits and costs of the Wyangala Dam expansion.

We found total project costs were underestimated by at least 116%. The benefits were inflated by 56%. This meant the true impacts on the environment, agriculture and local communities were misrepresented.

Rethinking Australia’s water future

Our analysis provides a salutary lesson on why we need to rethink water security. Instead of sinking billions into dams, we should find smart and sustainable ways to manage our water.

The fixation on building and expanding dams means innovative alternatives are often ignored. These other options include recycling water, managing demand and carefully recharging aquifers (using aquifers as underground dams).

The National Water Grid Fund exemplifies the misguided “build more dams” mindset. Its portfolio of 61 large water projects has a total capital cost estimate of up to $10 billion.

Despite this massive investment, only 23 of these projects have publicly available business cases. It leaves more than $1.7 billion in committed funding shrouded in secrecy.

This lack of transparency is alarming, given the history of cost overruns and inadequate assessment of environmental damage. It points to the urgent need to reassess our approach to water security. The public has a right to know that their governments are spending wisely.

To avoid repeating costly mistakes and mismanaging taxpayers’ money, we need a smarter approach. Independent business cases should be mandated for all major water projects.

We also need a strong public sector capable of transparent evaluation. Promised new National Environmental Standards as part of reforms to environmental protection laws are likely to require rigorous scrutiny too. We must embrace transparency by opening decision-making to public scrutiny and diverse perspectives, including local voices and Indigenous stakeholders, from the start.

Finally, infrastructure planning must account for long-term climate impacts on water availability. Planning for climate change is vital.

As projects such as the proposed Wyangala Dam expansion demonstrate, Australia can no longer afford to gamble its water future on outdated, costly and environmentally destructive solutions. It’s time to end the wasteful spending.

Instead, we need to channel our efforts into truly effective, sustainable and transparent water management. Strategies must give priority to community needs, First Nations’ water rights, environmental protection and long-term climate resilience.The Conversation

John Kandulu, Research Fellow, College of Business, Government and Law, Flinders UniversityRichard Kingsford, Professor, School of Biological, Earth and Environmental Sciences, UNSW Sydney, and Sarah Ann Wheeler, Matthew Flinders Professor in Water Economics, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Queensland election signals both major parties accept pumped hydro and the renewable energy transition as inevitable

Sirbatch/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA
Jamie PittockAustralian National University and Andrew BlakersAustralian National University

Solar and wind have won the global energy race. They accounted for 80% of new global power capacity installed in 2023. In Australia, 99% of new capacity is wind or solar.

The Queensland election campaign suggests both sides of politics have embraced the renewable energy transition. But solar and wind are variable and need energy storage. That is where pumped hydro energy storage and batteries come in.

Both are off-the-shelf technologies. And both are already being used on a vast scale.

Having promised 80% renewable energy by 2035, the incumbent Labor government is committed to large pumped hydro systems at Borumba, on the Sunshine Coast, and Pioneer-Burdekin, near Mackay. The A$14.2 billion Borumba project appears to have support from both major parties. However, the Liberal National Party (LNP) says it will scrap the $12 billion Pioneer Burdekin project and the renewables target if elected.

While Pioneer-Burdekin is a very good site, there are good alternatives. The LNP says it “will investigate opportunities for smaller, more manageable pumped hydro projects”. Regardless, in supporting more pumped hydro storage and rejecting the federal Coalition’s nuclear power plans, the state LNP is accepting the renewable energy transformation as inevitable.

What is pumped hydro energy storage?

Pumped hydro systems store surplus electricity from solar and wind on sunny and windy days. The electricity is used to pump water from a lower reservoir to an upper reservoir. This water can later be released downhill though turbines to generate power when it’s needed.

An illustration of how pumped hydro energy storage works
ARENACC BY

This proven technology has been used for over a century. It accounts for about 90% of global energy storage. Australia has three pumped hydro systems (Tumut 3Kangaroo ValleyWivenhoe) and two under construction (Snowy 2.0 and Kidston).

Snowy 2.0 will last for at least 100 years. Its capacity (350 gigawatt-hours, GWh) is equivalent to 6 million electric vehicle batteries. It’s enough to power 3 million homes for a week.

Due to start operating in 2028, Snowy 2.0 will cost about $12 billion. That’s roughly equivalent to $2,000 for a 100-year-lifetime EV battery. Pumped hydro energy storage is cheap!

ANU’s RE100 Group has published global atlases of about 800,000 potential pumped hydro sites. None require new dams on rivers. Some are new sites (greenfield). Others would use existing reservoirs (bluefield) or old mines (brownfield).

What about batteries?

Batteries are best for short-term storage (a few hours). Pumped hydro is better for overnight or several days – Snowy 2.0 will provide 150 hours of storage.

A combination of these storage systems is better than either alone.

As with any major infrastructure, pumped hydro development has costs and risks. It has high upfront capital costs but very low operating costs.

What are Queensland’s options?

In Queensland, solar and wind electricity rose from 2% to 26% of total generation over the past decade. It’s heading for about 75% in 2030 as part of Australia’s 82% renewables target.

Queensland needs roughly 150 GWh of extra storage for full decarbonisation. After accounting for Borumba (50 GWh), batteries and other storage, Pioneer-Burdekin (120 GWh) would meet that need.

A similarly sized system or several smaller systems would also suffice. The latter approach has advantages of decentralisation but would cost more and have environmental impacts in more places.

The state has thousands of potential sites that are “off-river” (do not require new dams on rivers). The table below shows 15 premium sites, most with capacities of 50–150 GWh. Some larger sizes are included for interest – 5,000 GWh would store enough energy for 100 million people.

The key technical parameters are:

  • head: the altitude difference between the two reservoirs – bigger is better
  • slope: the ratio of the head to the distance between the reservoirs – larger slope means shorter tunnel
  • W/R: the volume of stored water (W) divided by the volume of rock (R) needed for the reservoir walls. Large W/R means low-cost reservoirs.

Clicking on each name takes you to a view of the site with more details.

SiteSize (GWh)TypeHead (m)Slope (%)W/R
Mackay50Green800138
Townsville50Green490819
Pentland50Green340610
Boyne50Green390814
Beechmont50Blue42768
Tully50Blue726109
Tully150Blue726115
Townsville150Green440814
Mackay150Green412617
Mackay150Green68097
Yeppoon150Green390817
Proserpine500Green600127
Townsville500Green490186
Ingham1,500Green65068
Ingham5,000Green65073

Pumped storage in far north Queensland is valuable because it can absorb solar and wind energy from the Copperstring transmission extension to Mt Isa. It can then send it down the transmission line to Brisbane at off-peak times. This will ensure the line mostly operates close to full capacity.

A view of two potential 150GWh pumped hydro sites near Tully
Two potential premium 150 GWh bluefield pumped hydro energy storage systems near Tully. Author provided/RE100

What about the rest of Australia?

Pumped storage and batteries keep the lights on during solar and wind energy droughts that occasionally occur in winter in southern Australia. They also meet evening peak demand.

The fossil fuel lobby argues gas is needed in the energy transition. But pumped hydro and battery storage eliminate the need for gas generators and their greenhouse gas emissions.

In the past decade, solar and wind generation in Australia’s National Electricity Market increased from 6% to 35%. Gas fell from 12% to 5%.

Most pumped hydro projects can be built off rivers. The same water is repeatedly transferred between the reservoirs. This means the system keeps running during droughts and avoids the impacts of new dams blocking rivers and flooding valleys.

The environmental and social impacts of off-river pumped hydro projects are much lower than for conventional hydropower or fossil fuel projects.

The system uses very common materials, primarily water, rock, concrete and steel. Very little land is flooded for off-river pumped hydro to support a 100% renewable energy system: about 3 square metres per person. Only about 3 litres of water per person per day is needed for the initial fill and to replace evaporation.

Sometimes, safely disposing of tunnel spoil is a challenge – as with mining (including for coal and battery metals). Any major new generation facility and its transmission lines may involve clearing and disturbing bushland. Local communities sometimes oppose pumped hydro developments.

In Australia, ANU identified 5,500 potential sites. Only one to two dozen are needed to enable the nation to be fully powered by renewables.

About a dozen pumped hydro projects are in detailed planning. Hydro Tasmania’s Battery of the Nation is proposed for Cethana. Other prominent projects include Oven MountainCentral WestUpper Hunter Hydro and Burragorang in New South Wales.

You can expect to see more pumped hydro systems in a state near you.The Conversation

Jamie Pittock, Professor, Fenner School of Environment & Society, Australian National University and Andrew Blakers, Professor of Engineering, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the state of our oceans is intrinsically linked to human health – new report

eedafizie/ShutterstockCC BY-NC-ND
Edward H. AllisonLancaster University

A new study published in the journal OneEarth explores how marine biodiversity conservation, human health and wellbeing are connected. The results suggest that marine protected areas can be good for both planet and people. These areas of the ocean are legally recognised by governments as being important for marine conservation. They are protected by putting limits on human activity within and around them.

Once a government declares a marine protected area, you usually can’t live in it, fish, build a beach resort, start a fish farm or drill for oil in it. The rules vary from place to place, but the idea is to allow nature to flourish by limiting human activity as much as possible.

With plans to expand ocean protection under the UN-endorsed biodiversity plan’s “30x30” target (which aims to protect 30% of the world’s land and oceans by 2030), it’s important to know how this will affect people as well as nature.

The study was conducted by the conservation charity World Wide Fund for Nature, Harvard Institute of Public Health and Duke University’s marine laboratory. The team, led by marine conservation scientist Daniel Viana, reviewed all the scientific articles written since 1973 on marine protected areas and their impacts on people.

They found that, for 234 marine protected areas across the world that have been closely monitored, more than 60% showed improvement in both nature conservation and human wellbeing.


Swimming, sailing, even just building a sandcastle - the ocean benefits our physical and mental wellbeing. Curious about how a strong coastal connection helps drive marine conservation, scientists are diving in to investigate the power of blue health.

This article is part of a series, Vitamin Sea, exploring how the ocean can be enhanced by our interaction with it.


The study included marine protected areas that do allow “sustainable use” through managed and selective fishing activities. These are fishing methods, such as using a hook and line or a fish trap, that don’t cause physical damage to delicate habitats like coral reefs.

The paper suggests that in most cases, investing in marine protected areas directly benefits the health and livelihoods of people who live near them. Increased harvests of fish and other aquatic foods, such as shellfish and seaweeds, are usually the source of the benefits. Fisherfolk’s incomes increase and community access to nutrient-rich aquatic food improves.

market shot of different fresh fish laid out on ice
Sustainably caught fish is a vital source of protein for so many people around the globe. M_Kaempfer/ShutterstockCC BY-NC-ND

The benefits of marine protection for fishing-based livelihoods are largest in small island states that have big marine protected areas, such as Bonnaire, Palau and the Cook Islands, where more than 95% of fish catches are associated with area-based conservation measures.

Despite ample evidence that marine protection improved access to aquatic food, the authors found surprisingly few studies that directly measured the impact to human nutrition. Only three out of the 237 studies reviewed had studied how creating marine protected areas affected the diets of people living around them. Only one study, in the Philippines, made the link between diets and health outcomes, because, when access to fish in diets improved due to marine conservation, there were fewer stunted children from surrounding communities.

Plenty more nutrients in the sea?

Our continents and islands are surrounded by seas, lakes, rivers and floodplains that are populated by edible plants and animals rich in vitamins, minerals and fatty acids. These micronutrients from aquatic foods are highly bioavailable (easily absorbed by the body). If sustainably harvested and made available to nutritionally vulnerable people, they could prevent malnutrition among millions of coastal people.

The new report has quantified the micronutrient contributions to human diets from the aquatic foods that flourish when marine protected areas are set up. It combines data on the nutrient composition of all the aquatic foods harvested in and around marine protected areas, with fish catch data from the surrounding areas.

The existing marine protected area network supports 14% of the global supply of six key micronutrients from marine fishing. This is achieved by protecting only 8% of the world’s oceans. By allowing marine life to grow abundantly inside protected areas, nearby fish populations are replenished. So, by conserving marine wildlife, protected areas help to sustain fish and shellfish stocks.

That means bigger catches, more income from fishing or tourism, and more food. More nutrients means better health. This applies both to marine protected areas with a strict no-take zone, where any form of fishing is banned, and those that allow regulated fishing.

As populations increase, demand for aquatic food rises. Wild harvests are being supplemented by aquaculture and mariculture – these are freshwater and marine equivalents to growing crops and livestock on land. Over half of the aquatic foods consumed directly by humans are now produced from aquaculture, much of it in inland waters rather than the sea.

But in many countries, particularly island and coastal nations in the developing world, harvesting wild food from marine ecosystems remains crucial to nourishing the over 3 billion people who get more than 15% of their animal source proteins from aquatic foods.

sushi on a plate, colourful with orange salmon fish
Seafood is a rich source of vitamins, minerals and fatty acids. WhiteYura/ShutterstockCC BY-NC-ND

Despite their potential to address global micronutrient nutrition, aquatic foods have, until recently, been underrepresented in policies and programmes to end hunger and malnutrition. But with data on the nutritional composition of the world’s fish species now available, studies like this can advance an approach called “nutrition-sensitive fisheries and aquaculture”: Instead of fishing to maximise catch or profit, fisheries could be managed to optimise their contribution to human nutrition.

Linking ocean conservation with human health is an exciting idea but there are gaps in the research. It’s not clear who benefits when income from tourism and fishing increases, or whether increased catches get to those that need it most. In the Maldives for example, more than 80% of reef fish are consumed by tourists, not locals.

Trying to solve malnutrition with marine protected areas is going to be challenging. Many marine protected areas are not effectively managed. By contrast, 77% of catches from the world’s fisheries come from stocks that are managed sustainably, though they have little room for expansion to meet rising demand. Aquaculture can do that, but the sector is still moving towards sustainability.

Many key threats to marine ecosystems and wild fisheries, such as climate change and pollution, are not effectively dealt with by local marine habitat protection alone. Despite these challenges, this study highlights that nature-human relationships can be regenerative, rather than exploitative.



Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Edward H. Allison, Honorary Visiting Professor, Reef Environments (REEFS Group), Lancaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wild animals can experience trauma and adversity too − as ecologists, we came up with an index to track how it affects them

Marmots were the perfect test species for a wildlife adversity index. Xochitl Ortiz Ross
Xochitl Ortiz RossUniversity of California, Los Angeles

Psychologists know that childhood trauma, or the experience of harmful or adverse events, can have lasting repercussions on the health and well-being of people well into adulthood. But while the consequences of early adversity have been well researched in humans, people aren’t the only ones who can experience adversity.

If you have a rescue dog, you probably have witnessed how the abuse or neglect it may have experienced earlier in life now influence its behavior – these pets tend to be more skittish or reactive. Wild animals also experience adversity. Although their negative experiences are easy to dismiss as part of life in the wild, they still have lifelong repercussions – just like traumatic events in people and pets.

As behavioral ecologistswe are interested in how adverse experiences early in life can affect animals’ behavior, including the kinds of decisions they make and the way they interact with the world around them. In other words, we want to see how these experience affect the way they behave and survive in the wild.

Many studies in humans and other animals have shown the importance of early life experiences in shaping how individuals develop. But researchers know less about how multiple, different instances of adversity or stressors can accumulate within the body and what their overall impact is on an animal’s well-being.

Wild populations face many kinds of stressors. They compete for food, risk getting eaten by a predator, suffer illness and must contend with extreme weather conditions. And as if life in the wild wasn’t hard enough, humans are now adding additional stressors such as chemicallight and sound pollution, as well as habitat destruction.

Given the widespread loss of biodiversity, understanding how animals react to and are harmed by these stressors can help conservation groups better protect them. But accounting for such a diversity of stressors is no easy feat. To address this need and demonstrate the cumulative impact of multiple stressors, our research team decided to develop an index for wild animals based on psychological research on human childhood trauma.

A cumulative adversity index

Developmental psychologists began to develop what psychologists now call the adverse childhood experiences score, which describes the amount of adversity a person experienced as a child. Briefly, this index adds up all the adverse events – including forms of neglect, abuse or other household dysfunction – an individual experienced during childhood into a single cumulative score.

This score can then be used to predict later-life health risks such as chronic health conditionsmental illness or even economic status. This approach has revolutionized many human health intervention programs by identifying at-risk children and adults, which allows for more targeted interventions and preventive efforts.

So, what about wild animals? Can we use a similar type of score or index to predict negative survival outcomes and identify at-risk individuals and populations?

These are the questions we were interested in answering in our latest research paper. We developed a framework on how to create a cumulative adversity index – similar to the adverse childhood experiences score, but for populations of wild animals. We then used this index to gain insights about the survival and longevity of yellow-bellied marmots. In other words, we wanted to see whether we could use this index to estimate how long a marmot would live.

A marmot case study

Yellow-bellied marmots are a large ground squirrel closely related to groundhogs. Our research group has been studying these marmots in Colorado at the Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory since 1962.

A marmot with a small device clipped to its ear, looking upwards.
A marmot wearing an ear tag. Xochitl Ortiz Ross

Yellow-bellied marmots are an excellent study system because they are diurnal, or active during the day, and they have an address. They live in burrows scattered across a small, defined geographical area called a colony. The size of the colony and the number of individuals that reside within varies greatly from year to year, but they are normally composed of matrilines, which means related females tend to remain within the natal colony, while male relatives move away to find a new colony.

Yellow-bellied marmots hibernate for most of the year, but they become active between April and September. During this active period, we observe each colony daily and regularly trap each individual in the population – that’s over 200 unique individuals just in 2023. We then mark their backs with a distinct symbol and give them uniquely numbered ear tags so they can be later identified.

Although they can live up to 15 years, we have detailed information about the life experiences of individual marmots spanning almost 30 generations. They were the perfect test population for our cumulative adversity index.

Among the sources of adversity, we included ecological measures such as a late spring, a summer drought and high predator presence. We also included parental measures such as having an underweight or stressed mother, being born or weaned late, and losing their mother. The model also included demographic measures such as being born in a large litter or having many male siblings.

Importantly, we looked only at females, since they are the ones who tend to stay home. Therefore, some of the adversities listed are only applicable to females. For example, females born in litters with many males become masculinized, likely from the high testosterone levels in the mother’s uterus. The females behave more like males, but this also reduces their life span and reproductive output. Therefore, having many male siblings is harmful to females, but maybe not to males.

A yellow-bellied marmot shown on a trail camera in Montana.

So, does our index, or the number of adverse events a marmot experienced early on, explain differences in marmot survival? We found that, yes, it does.

Experiencing even just one adversity event before age 2 nearly halved an adult marmot’s odds of survival, regardless of the type of adversity they experienced. This is the first record of lasting negative consequences from losing a mother in this species.

So what?

Our study isn’t the only one of its kind. A few other studies have used an index similar to the human adverse childhood experiences score with wild primates and hyenas, with largely similar results. We are interested in broadening this framework so that other researchers can adopt it for the species they study.

A better understanding of how animals can or cannot cope with multiple sources of adversity can inform wildlife conservation and management practices. For example, an index like ours could help identify at-risk populations that require a more immediate conservation action.

Instead of tackling the one stressor that seems to have the greatest effect on a species, this approach could help managers consider how best to reduce the total number of stressors a species experiences.

For example, changing weather patterns driven by global heating trends may create new stressors that a wildlife manager can’t address. But it might be possible to reduce how many times these animals have to interact with people during key times of the year by closing trails, or providing extra food to replace the food they lose from harsh weather.

While this index is still in early development, it could one day help researchers ask new questions about how animals adapt to stress in the wild.The Conversation

Xochitl Ortiz Ross, Ph.D. Candidate in Ecology & Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Los Angeles

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater Reserves: histories + Notes + Pictorial Walks

A History Of The Campaign For Preservation Of The Warriewood Escarpment by David Palmer OAM and Angus Gordon OAM
A Saturday Morning Stroll around Bongin Bongin - Mona Vale's Basin, Mona Vale Beach October 2024 by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Along The Centre Track At Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park: June 2024 - by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Around Manly Dam: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
A Stroll Through Warriewood Wetlands by Joe Mills February 2023
A Walk Around The Cromer Side Of Narrabeen Lake by Joe Mills
A Walk on the Duffy's Wharf Track October 2024 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
America Bay Track Walk - photos by Joe Mills
An Aquatic June: North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Collaroy photos by Joe Mills 
Angophora Reserve  Angophora Reserve Flowers Grand Old Tree Of Angophora Reserve Falls Back To The Earth - History page
Annie Wyatt Reserve - A  Pictorial
Aquatic Reflections seen this week (May 2023): Narrabeen + Turimetta by Joe Mills 
Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry  
Avalon Beach This Week: A Place Of A Bursting Main, Flooding Drains + Falling Boulders Council Announces Intention To Progress One LEP For Whole LGA + Transport Oriented Development Begins
Avalon's Village Green: Avalon Park Becomes Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Bairne Walking Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP by Kevin Murray
Bangalley Headland  Bangalley Mid Winter
Bangalley Headland Walk: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Banksias of Pittwater
Barrenjoey Boathouse In Governor Phillip Park  Part Of Our Community For 75 Years: Photos From The Collection Of Russell Walton, Son Of Victor Walton
Barrenjoey Headland: Spring flowers 
Barrenjoey Headland after fire
Bayview Baths
Bayview Sea Scouts Hall: Some History
Bayview Wetlands
Beeby Park
Bilgola Beach
Bilgola Plateau Parks For The People: Gifted By A. J. Small, N. A. K. Wallis + The Green Pathways To Keep People Connected To The Trees, Birds, Bees - For Children To Play 
Botham Beach by Barbara Davies
Bungan Beach Bush Care
Careel Bay Saltmarsh plants 
Careel Bay Birds  
Careel Bay Clean Up day
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Centre trail in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
Chiltern Track- Ingleside by Marita Macrae
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability; Bungan: Bungan Headland To Newport Beach + Bilgola: North Newport Beach To Avalon + Bangalley: Avalon Headland To Palm Beach
Duck Holes: McCarrs Creek by Joe Mills
Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Dundundra Falls Reserve: August 2020 photos by Selena Griffith - Listed in 1935
Elsie Track, Scotland Island
Elvina Track in Late Winter 2019 by Penny Gleen
Elvina Bay Walking Track: Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills 
Elvina Bay-Lovett Bay Loop Spring 2020 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Fern Creek - Ingleside Escarpment To Warriewood Walk + Some History photos by Joe Mills
Hordern Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2024 Photos of park from top to beach
Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History
Ingleside
Ingleside Wildflowers August 2013
Irrawong - Ingleside Escarpment Trail Walk Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Mullet Creek Restoration
Katandra Bushland Sanctuary - Ingleside
Lucinda Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2022 Pictures
McCarrs Creek
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Warriewood Wetlands - Creeks Deteriorating: How To Report Construction Site Breaches, Weed Infestations + The Long Campaign To Save The Warriewood Wetlands & Ingleside Escarpment March 2023
Warriewood Wetlands and Irrawong Reserve
Whale Beach Ocean Reserve: 'The Strand' - Some History On Another Great Protected Pittwater Reserve
Whale Migration Season: Grab A Seaside Pew For The Annual Whalesong But Keep Them Safe If Going Out On The Water
Wilshire Park Palm Beach: Some History + Photos From May 2022
Winji Jimmi - Water Maze

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Odes to Australia's Fairy-wrens by Douglas Brooke Wheelton Sladen and Constance Le Plastrier 1884 and 1926

Oystercatcher and Dollarbird Families - Summer visitors

Pacific Black Duck Bath

Painted Button-Quail Rescued By Locals - Elanora-Ingleside escarpment-Warriewood wetlands birds

Palm Beach Protection Group Launch, Supporters InvitedSaturday Feb.16th - Residents Are Saying 'NO' To Off-Leash Dogs In Station Beach Eco-System - reports over 50 dogs a day on Station Beach throughout December-January (a No Dogs Beach) small children being jumped on, Native birds chased, dog faeces being left, families with toddlers leaving beach to get away from uncontrolled dogs and 'Failure of Process' in council 'consultation' open to February 28th 

Pardalote, Scrub Wren and a Thornbill of Pittwater

Pecking Order by Robyn McWilliam

Pelican Lamps at Narrabeen  Pelican Dreamsong - A Legend of the Great Flood - dreamtime legend for children

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth – For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve

New Shorebirds WingThing  For Youngsters Available To Download

A Shorebirds WingThing educational brochure for kids (A5) helps children learn about shorebirds, their life and journey. The 2021 revised brochure version was published in February 2021 and is available now. You can download a file copy here.

If you would like a free print copy of this brochure, please send a self-addressed envelope with A$1.10 postage (or larger if you would like it unfolded) affixed to: BirdLife Australia, Shorebird WingThing Request, 2-05Shorebird WingThing/60 Leicester St, Carlton VIC 3053.


Shorebird Identification Booklet

The Migratory Shorebird Program has just released the third edition of its hugely popular Shorebird Identification Booklet. The team has thoroughly revised and updated this pocket-sized companion for all shorebird counters and interested birders, with lots of useful information on our most common shorebirds, key identification features, sighting distribution maps and short articles on some of BirdLife’s shorebird activities. 

The booklet can be downloaded here in PDF file format: http://www.birdlife.org.au/documents/Shorebird_ID_Booklet_V3.pdf

Paper copies can be ordered as well, see http://www.birdlife.org.au/projects/shorebirds-2020/counter-resources for details.

Download BirdLife Australia's children’s education kit to help them learn more about our wading birdlife

Shorebirds are a group of wading birds that can be found feeding on swamps, tidal mudflats, estuaries, beaches and open country. For many people, shorebirds are just those brown birds feeding a long way out on the mud but they are actually a remarkably diverse collection of birds including stilts, sandpipers, snipe, curlews, godwits, plovers and oystercatchers. Each species is superbly adapted to suit its preferred habitat.  The Red-necked Stint is as small as a sparrow, with relatively short legs and bill that it pecks food from the surface of the mud with, whereas the Eastern Curlew is over two feet long with a exceptionally long legs and a massively curved beak that it thrusts deep down into the mud to pull out crabs, worms and other creatures hidden below the surface.

Some shorebirds are fairly drab in plumage, especially when they are visiting Australia in their non-breeding season, but when they migrate to their Arctic nesting grounds, they develop a vibrant flush of bright colours to attract a mate. We have 37 types of shorebirds that annually migrate to Australia on some of the most lengthy and arduous journeys in the animal kingdom, but there are also 18 shorebirds that call Australia home all year round.

What all our shorebirds have in common—be they large or small, seasoned traveller or homebody, brightly coloured or in muted tones—is that each species needs adequate safe areas where they can successfully feed and breed.

The National Shorebird Monitoring Program is managed and supported by BirdLife Australia. 

This project is supported by Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority and Hunter Local Land Services through funding from the Australian Government’s National Landcare Program. Funding from Helen Macpherson Smith Trust and Port Phillip Bay Fund is acknowledged. 

The National Shorebird Monitoring Program is made possible with the help of over 1,600 volunteers working in coastal and inland habitats all over Australia. 

The National Shorebird Monitoring program (started as the Shorebirds 2020 project initiated to re-invigorate monitoring around Australia) is raising awareness of how incredible shorebirds are, and actively engaging the community to participate in gathering information needed to conserve shorebirds. 

In the short term, the destruction of tidal ecosystems will need to be stopped, and our program is designed to strengthen the case for protecting these important habitats. 

In the long term, there will be a need to mitigate against the likely effects of climate change on a species that travels across the entire range of latitudes where impacts are likely. 

The identification and protection of critical areas for shorebirds will need to continue in order to guard against the potential threats associated with habitats in close proximity to nearly half the human population. 

Here in Australia, the place where these birds grow up and spend most of their lives, continued monitoring is necessary to inform the best management practice to maintain shorebird populations. 

BirdLife Australia believe that we can help secure a brighter future for these remarkable birds by educating stakeholders, gathering information on how and why shorebird populations are changing, and working to grow the community of people who care about shorebirds.

To find out more visit: http://www.birdlife.org.au/projects/shorebirds-2020/shorebirds-2020-program